color: update main documentation

Now that the feature no longer lives in the extension, we document it in the
help of the core config. This include the new 'ui.color' option introduced in
the previous changesets.

As a result the color extensions can now be deprecated.

This is a documentation patch only; color is still disabled by default.

contrib/wix/help.wxs

@@ -1,52 +1,53 b''
 <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
 <Wix xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/wix/2006/wi">
 
   <?include guids.wxi ?>
   <?include defines.wxi ?>
 
   <Fragment>
     <ComponentGroup Id='helpFolder'>
       <ComponentRef Id='help.root' />
       <ComponentRef Id='help.internals' />
     </ComponentGroup>
   </Fragment>
 
   <Fragment>
     <DirectoryRef Id="INSTALLDIR">
       <Directory Id="helpdir" Name="help" FileSource="$(var.SourceDir)">
         <Component Id="help.root" Guid="$(var.help.root.guid)" Win64='$(var.IsX64)'>
+          <File Name="color.txt" />
           <File Name="config.txt" KeyPath="yes" />
           <File Name="dates.txt" />
           <File Name="diffs.txt" />
           <File Name="environment.txt" />
           <File Name="extensions.txt" />
           <File Name="filesets.txt" />
           <File Name="glossary.txt" />
           <File Name="hgignore.txt" />
           <File Name="hgweb.txt" />
           <File Name="merge-tools.txt" />
           <File Name="pager.txt" />
           <File Name="patterns.txt" />
           <File Name="phases.txt" />
           <File Name="revisions.txt" />
           <File Name="scripting.txt" />
           <File Name="subrepos.txt" />
           <File Name="templates.txt" />
           <File Name="urls.txt" />
         </Component>
 
         <Directory Id="help.internaldir" Name="internals">
           <Component Id="help.internals" Guid="$(var.help.internals.guid)" Win64='$(var.IsX64)'>
             <File Id="internals.bundles.txt"      Name="bundles.txt" KeyPath="yes" />
             <File Id="internals.changegroups.txt" Name="changegroups.txt" />
             <File Id="internals.requirements.txt" Name="requirements.txt" />
             <File Id="internals.revlogs.txt"      Name="revlogs.txt" />
             <File Id="internals.wireprotocol.txt" Name="wireprotocol.txt" />
           </Component>
         </Directory>
 
       </Directory>
     </DirectoryRef>
   </Fragment>
 
 </Wix>

hgext/color.py

@@ -1,186 +1,31 b''
 # color.py color output for Mercurial commands
 #
 # Copyright (C) 2007 Kevin Christen <[e-mail]>
 #
 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
 
-'''colorize output from some commands
-
-The color extension colorizes output from several Mercurial commands.
-For example, the diff command shows additions in green and deletions
-in red, while the status command shows modified files in magenta. Many
-other commands have analogous colors. It is possible to customize
-these colors.
-
-Effects
--------
-
-Other effects in addition to color, like bold and underlined text, are
-also available. By default, the terminfo database is used to find the
-terminal codes used to change color and effect.  If terminfo is not
-available, then effects are rendered with the ECMA-48 SGR control
-function (aka ANSI escape codes).
-
-The available effects in terminfo mode are 'blink', 'bold', 'dim',
-'inverse', 'invisible', 'italic', 'standout', and 'underline'; in
-ECMA-48 mode, the options are 'bold', 'inverse', 'italic', and
-'underline'.  How each is rendered depends on the terminal emulator.
-Some may not be available for a given terminal type, and will be
-silently ignored.
-
-If the terminfo entry for your terminal is missing codes for an effect
-or has the wrong codes, you can add or override those codes in your
-configuration::
-
-  [color]
-  terminfo.dim = \E[2m
-
-where '\E' is substituted with an escape character.
+'''enable Mercurial color mode (DEPRECATED)
 
-Labels
-------
-
-Text receives color effects depending on the labels that it has. Many
-default Mercurial commands emit labelled text. You can also define
-your own labels in templates using the label function, see :hg:`help
-templates`. A single portion of text may have more than one label. In
-that case, effects given to the last label will override any other
-effects. This includes the special "none" effect, which nullifies
-other effects.
-
-Labels are normally invisible. In order to see these labels and their
-position in the text, use the global --color=debug option. The same
-anchor text may be associated to multiple labels, e.g.
-
-  [log.changeset changeset.secret|changeset:   22611:6f0a53c8f587]
-
-The following are the default effects for some default labels. Default
-effects may be overridden from your configuration file::
-
-  [color]
-  status.modified = blue bold underline red_background
-  status.added = green bold
-  status.removed = red bold blue_background
-  status.deleted = cyan bold underline
-  status.unknown = magenta bold underline
-  status.ignored = black bold
-
-  # 'none' turns off all effects
-  status.clean = none
-  status.copied = none
-
-  qseries.applied = blue bold underline
-  qseries.unapplied = black bold
-  qseries.missing = red bold
+This extensions enable Mercurial color mode. The feature is now directly
+available in Mercurial core. You can access it using::
 
-  diff.diffline = bold
-  diff.extended = cyan bold
-  diff.file_a = red bold
-  diff.file_b = green bold
-  diff.hunk = magenta
-  diff.deleted = red
-  diff.inserted = green
-  diff.changed = white
-  diff.tab =
-  diff.trailingwhitespace = bold red_background
-
-  # Blank so it inherits the style of the surrounding label
-  changeset.public =
-  changeset.draft =
-  changeset.secret =
-
-  resolve.unresolved = red bold
-  resolve.resolved = green bold
-
-  bookmarks.active = green
-
-  branches.active = none
-  branches.closed = black bold
-  branches.current = green
-  branches.inactive = none
-
-  tags.normal = green
-  tags.local = black bold
-
-  rebase.rebased = blue
-  rebase.remaining = red bold
-
-  shelve.age = cyan
-  shelve.newest = green bold
-  shelve.name = blue bold
-
-  histedit.remaining = red bold
-
-Custom colors
--------------
+  [ui]
+  color = auto
 
-Because there are only eight standard colors, this module allows you
-to define color names for other color slots which might be available
-for your terminal type, assuming terminfo mode.  For instance::
-
-  color.brightblue = 12
-  color.pink = 207
-  color.orange = 202
-
-to set 'brightblue' to color slot 12 (useful for 16 color terminals
-that have brighter colors defined in the upper eight) and, 'pink' and
-'orange' to colors in 256-color xterm's default color cube.  These
-defined colors may then be used as any of the pre-defined eight,
-including appending '_background' to set the background to that color.
-
-Modes
------
-
-By default, the color extension will use ANSI mode (or win32 mode on
-Windows) if it detects a terminal. To override auto mode (to enable
-terminfo mode, for example), set the following configuration option::
-
-  [color]
-  mode = terminfo
-
-Any value other than 'ansi', 'win32', 'terminfo', or 'auto' will
-disable color.
-
-Note that on some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using
-color with the pager extension and less -R. less with the -R option
-will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes
-emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by
-either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will
-pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control
-codes).
-
-On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support
-a different color mode than the pager (activated via the "pager"
-extension). It is possible to define separate modes depending on whether
-the pager is active::
-
-  [color]
-  mode = auto
-  pagermode = ansi
-
-If ``pagermode`` is not defined, the ``mode`` will be used.
+See :hg:`help color` for details.
 '''
 
 from __future__ import absolute_import
 
-from mercurial import (
-    color,
-    commands
-)
+from mercurial import color
 
 # Note for extension authors: ONLY specify testedwith = 'ships-with-hg-core' for
 # extensions which SHIP WITH MERCURIAL. Non-mainline extensions should
 # be specifying the version(s) of Mercurial they are tested with, or
 # leave the attribute unspecified.
 testedwith = 'ships-with-hg-core'
 
 def extsetup(ui):
     # change default color config
     color._enabledbydefault = True
-    for idx, entry in enumerate(commands.globalopts):
-        if entry[1] == 'color':
-            patch = (entry[3].replace(' (EXPERIMENTAL)', ''),)
-            new = entry[:3] + patch + entry[4:]
-            commands.globalopts[idx] = new
-            break

mercurial/color.py

@@ -1,472 +1,471 b''
 # utility for color output for Mercurial commands
 #
 # Copyright (C) 2007 Kevin Christen <[e-mail]> and other
 #
 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
 
 from __future__ import absolute_import
 
 from .i18n import _
 
 from . import (
     encoding,
     pycompat,
     util
 )
 
 try:
     import curses
     # Mapping from effect name to terminfo attribute name (or raw code) or
     # color number.  This will also force-load the curses module.
     _baseterminfoparams = {
         'none': (True, 'sgr0', ''),
         'standout': (True, 'smso', ''),
         'underline': (True, 'smul', ''),
         'reverse': (True, 'rev', ''),
         'inverse': (True, 'rev', ''),
         'blink': (True, 'blink', ''),
         'dim': (True, 'dim', ''),
         'bold': (True, 'bold', ''),
         'invisible': (True, 'invis', ''),
         'italic': (True, 'sitm', ''),
         'black': (False, curses.COLOR_BLACK, ''),
         'red': (False, curses.COLOR_RED, ''),
         'green': (False, curses.COLOR_GREEN, ''),
         'yellow': (False, curses.COLOR_YELLOW, ''),
         'blue': (False, curses.COLOR_BLUE, ''),
         'magenta': (False, curses.COLOR_MAGENTA, ''),
         'cyan': (False, curses.COLOR_CYAN, ''),
         'white': (False, curses.COLOR_WHITE, ''),
     }
 except ImportError:
     curses = None
     _baseterminfoparams = {}
 
 # allow the extensions to change the default
 _enabledbydefault = False
 
 # start and stop parameters for effects
 _effects = {
     'none': 0,
     'black': 30,
     'red': 31,
     'green': 32,
     'yellow': 33,
     'blue': 34,
     'magenta': 35,
     'cyan': 36,
     'white': 37,
     'bold': 1,
     'italic': 3,
     'underline': 4,
     'inverse': 7,
     'dim': 2,
     'black_background': 40,
     'red_background': 41,
     'green_background': 42,
     'yellow_background': 43,
     'blue_background': 44,
     'purple_background': 45,
     'cyan_background': 46,
     'white_background': 47,
     }
 
 _defaultstyles = {
     'grep.match': 'red bold',
     'grep.linenumber': 'green',
     'grep.rev': 'green',
     'grep.change': 'green',
     'grep.sep': 'cyan',
     'grep.filename': 'magenta',
     'grep.user': 'magenta',
     'grep.date': 'magenta',
     'bookmarks.active': 'green',
     'branches.active': 'none',
     'branches.closed': 'black bold',
     'branches.current': 'green',
     'branches.inactive': 'none',
     'diff.changed': 'white',
     'diff.deleted': 'red',
     'diff.diffline': 'bold',
     'diff.extended': 'cyan bold',
     'diff.file_a': 'red bold',
     'diff.file_b': 'green bold',
     'diff.hunk': 'magenta',
     'diff.inserted': 'green',
     'diff.tab': '',
     'diff.trailingwhitespace': 'bold red_background',
     'changeset.public' : '',
     'changeset.draft' : '',
     'changeset.secret' : '',
     'diffstat.deleted': 'red',
     'diffstat.inserted': 'green',
     'histedit.remaining': 'red bold',
     'ui.prompt': 'yellow',
     'log.changeset': 'yellow',
     'patchbomb.finalsummary': '',
     'patchbomb.from': 'magenta',
     'patchbomb.to': 'cyan',
     'patchbomb.subject': 'green',
     'patchbomb.diffstats': '',
     'rebase.rebased': 'blue',
     'rebase.remaining': 'red bold',
     'resolve.resolved': 'green bold',
     'resolve.unresolved': 'red bold',
     'shelve.age': 'cyan',
     'shelve.newest': 'green bold',
     'shelve.name': 'blue bold',
     'status.added': 'green bold',
     'status.clean': 'none',
     'status.copied': 'none',
     'status.deleted': 'cyan bold underline',
     'status.ignored': 'black bold',
     'status.modified': 'blue bold',
     'status.removed': 'red bold',
     'status.unknown': 'magenta bold underline',
     'tags.normal': 'green',
     'tags.local': 'black bold',
 }
 
 def loadcolortable(ui, extname, colortable):
     _defaultstyles.update(colortable)
 
 def _terminfosetup(ui, mode):
     '''Initialize terminfo data and the terminal if we're in terminfo mode.'''
 
     # If we failed to load curses, we go ahead and return.
     if curses is None:
         return
     # Otherwise, see what the config file says.
     if mode not in ('auto', 'terminfo'):
         return
     ui._terminfoparams.update(_baseterminfoparams)
 
     for key, val in ui.configitems('color'):
         if key.startswith('color.'):
             newval = (False, int(val), '')
             ui._terminfoparams[key[6:]] = newval
         elif key.startswith('terminfo.'):
             newval = (True, '', val.replace('\\E', '\x1b'))
             ui._terminfoparams[key[9:]] = newval
     try:
         curses.setupterm()
     except curses.error as e:
         ui._terminfoparams.clear()
         return
 
     for key, (b, e, c) in ui._terminfoparams.items():
         if not b:
             continue
         if not c and not curses.tigetstr(e):
             # Most terminals don't support dim, invis, etc, so don't be
             # noisy and use ui.debug().
             ui.debug("no terminfo entry for %s\n" % e)
             del ui._terminfoparams[key]
     if not curses.tigetstr('setaf') or not curses.tigetstr('setab'):
         # Only warn about missing terminfo entries if we explicitly asked for
         # terminfo mode.
         if mode == "terminfo":
             ui.warn(_("no terminfo entry for setab/setaf: reverting to "
               "ECMA-48 color\n"))
         ui._terminfoparams.clear()
 
 def setup(ui):
     """configure color on a ui
 
     That function both set the colormode for the ui object and read
     the configuration looking for custom colors and effect definitions."""
     mode = _modesetup(ui)
     ui._colormode = mode
     if mode and mode != 'debug':
         configstyles(ui)
 
 def _modesetup(ui):
     if ui.plain():
         return None
     default = 'never'
     if _enabledbydefault:
         default = 'auto'
-    # experimental config: ui.color
     config = ui.config('ui', 'color', default)
     if config == 'debug':
         return 'debug'
 
     auto = (config == 'auto')
     always = not auto and util.parsebool(config)
     if not always and not auto:
         return None
 
     formatted = (always or (encoding.environ.get('TERM') != 'dumb'
                  and ui.formatted()))
 
     mode = ui.config('color', 'mode', 'auto')
 
     # If pager is active, color.pagermode overrides color.mode.
     if getattr(ui, 'pageractive', False):
         mode = ui.config('color', 'pagermode', mode)
 
     realmode = mode
     if mode == 'auto':
         if pycompat.osname == 'nt':
             term = encoding.environ.get('TERM')
             # TERM won't be defined in a vanilla cmd.exe environment.
 
             # UNIX-like environments on Windows such as Cygwin and MSYS will
             # set TERM. They appear to make a best effort attempt at setting it
             # to something appropriate. However, not all environments with TERM
             # defined support ANSI. Since "ansi" could result in terminal
             # gibberish, we error on the side of selecting "win32". However, if
             # w32effects is not defined, we almost certainly don't support
             # "win32", so don't even try.
             if (term and 'xterm' in term) or not w32effects:
                 realmode = 'ansi'
             else:
                 realmode = 'win32'
         else:
             realmode = 'ansi'
 
     def modewarn():
         # only warn if color.mode was explicitly set and we're in
         # a formatted terminal
         if mode == realmode and ui.formatted():
             ui.warn(_('warning: failed to set color mode to %s\n') % mode)
 
     if realmode == 'win32':
         ui._terminfoparams.clear()
         if not w32effects:
             modewarn()
             return None
         _effects.update(w32effects)
     elif realmode == 'ansi':
         ui._terminfoparams.clear()
     elif realmode == 'terminfo':
         _terminfosetup(ui, mode)
         if not ui._terminfoparams:
             ## FIXME Shouldn't we return None in this case too?
             modewarn()
             realmode = 'ansi'
     else:
         return None
 
     if always or (auto and formatted):
         return realmode
     return None
 
 def configstyles(ui):
     ui._styles.update(_defaultstyles)
     for status, cfgeffects in ui.configitems('color'):
         if '.' not in status or status.startswith(('color.', 'terminfo.')):
             continue
         cfgeffects = ui.configlist('color', status)
         if cfgeffects:
             good = []
             for e in cfgeffects:
                 if valideffect(ui, e):
                     good.append(e)
                 else:
                     ui.warn(_("ignoring unknown color/effect %r "
                               "(configured in color.%s)\n")
                             % (e, status))
             ui._styles[status] = ' '.join(good)
 
 def valideffect(ui, effect):
     'Determine if the effect is valid or not.'
     return ((not ui._terminfoparams and effect in _effects)
              or (effect in ui._terminfoparams
                  or effect[:-11] in ui._terminfoparams))
 
 def _effect_str(ui, effect):
     '''Helper function for render_effects().'''
 
     bg = False
     if effect.endswith('_background'):
         bg = True
         effect = effect[:-11]
     try:
         attr, val, termcode = ui._terminfoparams[effect]
     except KeyError:
         return ''
     if attr:
         if termcode:
             return termcode
         else:
             return curses.tigetstr(val)
     elif bg:
         return curses.tparm(curses.tigetstr('setab'), val)
     else:
         return curses.tparm(curses.tigetstr('setaf'), val)
 
 def _render_effects(ui, text, effects):
     'Wrap text in commands to turn on each effect.'
     if not text:
         return text
     if ui._terminfoparams:
         start = ''.join(_effect_str(ui, effect)
                         for effect in ['none'] + effects.split())
         stop = _effect_str(ui, 'none')
     else:
         start = [str(_effects[e]) for e in ['none'] + effects.split()]
         start = '\033[' + ';'.join(start) + 'm'
         stop = '\033[' + str(_effects['none']) + 'm'
     return ''.join([start, text, stop])
 
 def colorlabel(ui, msg, label):
     """add color control code according to the mode"""
     if ui._colormode == 'debug':
         if label and msg:
             if msg[-1] == '\n':
                 msg = "[%s|%s]\n" % (label, msg[:-1])
             else:
                 msg = "[%s|%s]" % (label, msg)
     elif ui._colormode is not None:
         effects = []
         for l in label.split():
             s = ui._styles.get(l, '')
             if s:
                 effects.append(s)
             elif valideffect(ui, l):
                 effects.append(l)
         effects = ' '.join(effects)
         if effects:
             msg = '\n'.join([_render_effects(ui, line, effects)
                              for line in msg.split('\n')])
     return msg
 
 w32effects = None
 if pycompat.osname == 'nt':
     import ctypes
     import re
 
     _kernel32 = ctypes.windll.kernel32
 
     _WORD = ctypes.c_ushort
 
     _INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE = -1
 
     class _COORD(ctypes.Structure):
         _fields_ = [('X', ctypes.c_short),
                     ('Y', ctypes.c_short)]
 
     class _SMALL_RECT(ctypes.Structure):
         _fields_ = [('Left', ctypes.c_short),
                     ('Top', ctypes.c_short),
                     ('Right', ctypes.c_short),
                     ('Bottom', ctypes.c_short)]
 
     class _CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO(ctypes.Structure):
         _fields_ = [('dwSize', _COORD),
                     ('dwCursorPosition', _COORD),
                     ('wAttributes', _WORD),
                     ('srWindow', _SMALL_RECT),
                     ('dwMaximumWindowSize', _COORD)]
 
     _STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE = 0xfffffff5 # (DWORD)-11
     _STD_ERROR_HANDLE = 0xfffffff4  # (DWORD)-12
 
     _FOREGROUND_BLUE = 0x0001
     _FOREGROUND_GREEN = 0x0002
     _FOREGROUND_RED = 0x0004
     _FOREGROUND_INTENSITY = 0x0008
 
     _BACKGROUND_BLUE = 0x0010
     _BACKGROUND_GREEN = 0x0020
     _BACKGROUND_RED = 0x0040
     _BACKGROUND_INTENSITY = 0x0080
 
     _COMMON_LVB_REVERSE_VIDEO = 0x4000
     _COMMON_LVB_UNDERSCORE = 0x8000
 
     # http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms682088%28VS.85%29.aspx
     w32effects = {
         'none': -1,
         'black': 0,
         'red': _FOREGROUND_RED,
         'green': _FOREGROUND_GREEN,
         'yellow': _FOREGROUND_RED | _FOREGROUND_GREEN,
         'blue': _FOREGROUND_BLUE,
         'magenta': _FOREGROUND_BLUE | _FOREGROUND_RED,
         'cyan': _FOREGROUND_BLUE | _FOREGROUND_GREEN,
         'white': _FOREGROUND_RED | _FOREGROUND_GREEN | _FOREGROUND_BLUE,
         'bold': _FOREGROUND_INTENSITY,
         'black_background': 0x100,                  # unused value > 0x0f
         'red_background': _BACKGROUND_RED,
         'green_background': _BACKGROUND_GREEN,
         'yellow_background': _BACKGROUND_RED | _BACKGROUND_GREEN,
         'blue_background': _BACKGROUND_BLUE,
         'purple_background': _BACKGROUND_BLUE | _BACKGROUND_RED,
         'cyan_background': _BACKGROUND_BLUE | _BACKGROUND_GREEN,
         'white_background': (_BACKGROUND_RED | _BACKGROUND_GREEN |
                              _BACKGROUND_BLUE),
         'bold_background': _BACKGROUND_INTENSITY,
         'underline': _COMMON_LVB_UNDERSCORE,  # double-byte charsets only
         'inverse': _COMMON_LVB_REVERSE_VIDEO, # double-byte charsets only
     }
 
     passthrough = set([_FOREGROUND_INTENSITY,
                        _BACKGROUND_INTENSITY,
                        _COMMON_LVB_UNDERSCORE,
                        _COMMON_LVB_REVERSE_VIDEO])
 
     stdout = _kernel32.GetStdHandle(
                   _STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE)  # don't close the handle returned
     if stdout is None or stdout == _INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE:
         w32effects = None
     else:
         csbi = _CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO()
         if not _kernel32.GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(
                     stdout, ctypes.byref(csbi)):
             # stdout may not support GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo()
             # when called from subprocess or redirected
             w32effects = None
         else:
             origattr = csbi.wAttributes
             ansire = re.compile('\033\[([^m]*)m([^\033]*)(.*)',
                                 re.MULTILINE | re.DOTALL)
 
     def win32print(ui, writefunc, *msgs, **opts):
         for text in msgs:
             _win32print(ui, text, writefunc, **opts)
 
     def _win32print(ui, text, writefunc, **opts):
         label = opts.get('label', '')
         attr = origattr
 
         def mapcolor(val, attr):
             if val == -1:
                 return origattr
             elif val in passthrough:
                 return attr | val
             elif val > 0x0f:
                 return (val & 0x70) | (attr & 0x8f)
             else:
                 return (val & 0x07) | (attr & 0xf8)
 
         # determine console attributes based on labels
         for l in label.split():
             style = ui._styles.get(l, '')
             for effect in style.split():
                 try:
                     attr = mapcolor(w32effects[effect], attr)
                 except KeyError:
                     # w32effects could not have certain attributes so we skip
                     # them if not found
                     pass
         # hack to ensure regexp finds data
         if not text.startswith('\033['):
             text = '\033[m' + text
 
         # Look for ANSI-like codes embedded in text
         m = re.match(ansire, text)
 
         try:
             while m:
                 for sattr in m.group(1).split(';'):
                     if sattr:
                         attr = mapcolor(int(sattr), attr)
                 _kernel32.SetConsoleTextAttribute(stdout, attr)
                 writefunc(m.group(2), **opts)
                 m = re.match(ansire, m.group(3))
         finally:
             # Explicitly reset original attributes
             _kernel32.SetConsoleTextAttribute(stdout, origattr)

mercurial/commands.py

@@ -1,5435 +1,5434 b''
 # commands.py - command processing for mercurial
 #
 # Copyright 2005-2007 Matt Mackall <[e-mail]>
 #
 # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
 # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
 
 from __future__ import absolute_import
 
 import difflib
 import errno
 import os
 import re
 
 from .i18n import _
 from .node import (
     hex,
     nullid,
     nullrev,
     short,
 )
 from . import (
     archival,
     bookmarks,
     bundle2,
     changegroup,
     cmdutil,
     copies,
     destutil,
     dirstateguard,
     discovery,
     encoding,
     error,
     exchange,
     extensions,
     graphmod,
     hbisect,
     help,
     hg,
     lock as lockmod,
     merge as mergemod,
     obsolete,
     patch,
     phases,
     pycompat,
     revsetlang,
     scmutil,
     server,
     sshserver,
     streamclone,
     templatekw,
     ui as uimod,
     util,
 )
 
 release = lockmod.release
 
 table = {}
 
 command = cmdutil.command(table)
 
 # label constants
 # until 3.5, bookmarks.current was the advertised name, not
 # bookmarks.active, so we must use both to avoid breaking old
 # custom styles
 activebookmarklabel = 'bookmarks.active bookmarks.current'
 
 # common command options
 
 globalopts = [
     ('R', 'repository', '',
      _('repository root directory or name of overlay bundle file'),
      _('REPO')),
     ('', 'cwd', '',
      _('change working directory'), _('DIR')),
     ('y', 'noninteractive', None,
      _('do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for all prompts')),
     ('q', 'quiet', None, _('suppress output')),
     ('v', 'verbose', None, _('enable additional output')),
     ('', 'color', '',
      # i18n: 'always', 'auto', 'never', and 'debug' are keywords
      # and should not be translated
-     _("when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or debug)"
-       " (EXPERIMENTAL)"),
+     _("when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or debug)"),
      _('TYPE')),
     ('', 'config', [],
      _('set/override config option (use \'section.name=value\')'),
      _('CONFIG')),
     ('', 'debug', None, _('enable debugging output')),
     ('', 'debugger', None, _('start debugger')),
     ('', 'encoding', encoding.encoding, _('set the charset encoding'),
      _('ENCODE')),
     ('', 'encodingmode', encoding.encodingmode,
      _('set the charset encoding mode'), _('MODE')),
     ('', 'traceback', None, _('always print a traceback on exception')),
     ('', 'time', None, _('time how long the command takes')),
     ('', 'profile', None, _('print command execution profile')),
     ('', 'version', None, _('output version information and exit')),
     ('h', 'help', None, _('display help and exit')),
     ('', 'hidden', False, _('consider hidden changesets')),
     ('', 'pager', 'auto',
      _("when to paginate (boolean, always, auto, or never)"), _('TYPE')),
 ]
 
 dryrunopts = [('n', 'dry-run', None,
                _('do not perform actions, just print output'))]
 
 remoteopts = [
     ('e', 'ssh', '',
      _('specify ssh command to use'), _('CMD')),
     ('', 'remotecmd', '',
      _('specify hg command to run on the remote side'), _('CMD')),
     ('', 'insecure', None,
      _('do not verify server certificate (ignoring web.cacerts config)')),
 ]
 
 walkopts = [
     ('I', 'include', [],
      _('include names matching the given patterns'), _('PATTERN')),
     ('X', 'exclude', [],
      _('exclude names matching the given patterns'), _('PATTERN')),
 ]
 
 commitopts = [
     ('m', 'message', '',
      _('use text as commit message'), _('TEXT')),
     ('l', 'logfile', '',
      _('read commit message from file'), _('FILE')),
 ]
 
 commitopts2 = [
     ('d', 'date', '',
      _('record the specified date as commit date'), _('DATE')),
     ('u', 'user', '',
      _('record the specified user as committer'), _('USER')),
 ]
 
 # hidden for now
 formatteropts = [
     ('T', 'template', '',
      _('display with template (EXPERIMENTAL)'), _('TEMPLATE')),
 ]
 
 templateopts = [
     ('', 'style', '',
      _('display using template map file (DEPRECATED)'), _('STYLE')),
     ('T', 'template', '',
      _('display with template'), _('TEMPLATE')),
 ]
 
 logopts = [
     ('p', 'patch', None, _('show patch')),
     ('g', 'git', None, _('use git extended diff format')),
     ('l', 'limit', '',
      _('limit number of changes displayed'), _('NUM')),
     ('M', 'no-merges', None, _('do not show merges')),
     ('', 'stat', None, _('output diffstat-style summary of changes')),
     ('G', 'graph', None, _("show the revision DAG")),
 ] + templateopts
 
 diffopts = [
     ('a', 'text', None, _('treat all files as text')),
     ('g', 'git', None, _('use git extended diff format')),
     ('', 'nodates', None, _('omit dates from diff headers'))
 ]
 
 diffwsopts = [
     ('w', 'ignore-all-space', None,
      _('ignore white space when comparing lines')),
     ('b', 'ignore-space-change', None,
      _('ignore changes in the amount of white space')),
     ('B', 'ignore-blank-lines', None,
      _('ignore changes whose lines are all blank')),
     ]
 
 diffopts2 = [
     ('', 'noprefix', None, _('omit a/ and b/ prefixes from filenames')),
     ('p', 'show-function', None, _('show which function each change is in')),
     ('', 'reverse', None, _('produce a diff that undoes the changes')),
     ] + diffwsopts + [
     ('U', 'unified', '',
      _('number of lines of context to show'), _('NUM')),
     ('', 'stat', None, _('output diffstat-style summary of changes')),
     ('', 'root', '', _('produce diffs relative to subdirectory'), _('DIR')),
 ]
 
 mergetoolopts = [
     ('t', 'tool', '', _('specify merge tool')),
 ]
 
 similarityopts = [
     ('s', 'similarity', '',
      _('guess renamed files by similarity (0<=s<=100)'), _('SIMILARITY'))
 ]
 
 subrepoopts = [
     ('S', 'subrepos', None,
      _('recurse into subrepositories'))
 ]
 
 debugrevlogopts = [
     ('c', 'changelog', False, _('open changelog')),
     ('m', 'manifest', False, _('open manifest')),
     ('', 'dir', '', _('open directory manifest')),
 ]
 
 # Commands start here, listed alphabetically
 
 @command('^add',
     walkopts + subrepoopts + dryrunopts,
     _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'),
     inferrepo=True)
 def add(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
     """add the specified files on the next commit
 
     Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the
     repository.
 
     The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To
     undo an add before that, see :hg:`forget`.
 
     If no names are given, add all files to the repository (except
     files matching ``.hgignore``).
 
     .. container:: verbose
 
        Examples:
 
          - New (unknown) files are added
            automatically by :hg:`add`::
 
              $ ls
              foo.c
              $ hg status
              ? foo.c
              $ hg add
              adding foo.c
              $ hg status
              A foo.c
 
          - Specific files to be added can be specified::
 
              $ ls
              bar.c  foo.c
              $ hg status
              ? bar.c
              ? foo.c
              $ hg add bar.c
              $ hg status
              A bar.c
              ? foo.c
 
     Returns 0 if all files are successfully added.
     """
 
     m = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts)
     rejected = cmdutil.add(ui, repo, m, "", False, **opts)
     return rejected and 1 or 0
 
 @command('addremove',
     similarityopts + subrepoopts + walkopts + dryrunopts,
     _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'),
     inferrepo=True)
 def addremove(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
     """add all new files, delete all missing files
 
     Add all new files and remove all missing files from the
     repository.
 
     Unless names are given, new files are ignored if they match any of
     the patterns in ``.hgignore``. As with add, these changes take
     effect at the next commit.
 
     Use the -s/--similarity option to detect renamed files. This
     option takes a percentage between 0 (disabled) and 100 (files must
     be identical) as its parameter. With a parameter greater than 0,
     this compares every removed file with every added file and records
     those similar enough as renames. Detecting renamed files this way
     can be expensive. After using this option, :hg:`status -C` can be
     used to check which files were identified as moved or renamed. If
     not specified, -s/--similarity defaults to 100 and only renames of
     identical files are detected.
 
     .. container:: verbose
 
        Examples:
 
          - A number of files (bar.c and foo.c) are new,
            while foobar.c has been removed (without using :hg:`remove`)
            from the repository::
 
              $ ls
              bar.c foo.c
              $ hg status
              ! foobar.c
              ? bar.c
              ? foo.c
              $ hg addremove
              adding bar.c
              adding foo.c
              removing foobar.c
              $ hg status
              A bar.c
              A foo.c
              R foobar.c
 
          - A file foobar.c was moved to foo.c without using :hg:`rename`.
            Afterwards, it was edited slightly::
 
              $ ls
              foo.c
              $ hg status
              ! foobar.c
              ? foo.c
              $ hg addremove --similarity 90
              removing foobar.c
              adding foo.c
              recording removal of foobar.c as rename to foo.c (94% similar)
              $ hg status -C
              A foo.c
                foobar.c
              R foobar.c
 
     Returns 0 if all files are successfully added.
     """
     try:
         sim = float(opts.get('similarity') or 100)
     except ValueError:
         raise error.Abort(_('similarity must be a number'))
     if sim < 0 or sim > 100:
         raise error.Abort(_('similarity must be between 0 and 100'))
     matcher = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts)
     return scmutil.addremove(repo, matcher, "", opts, similarity=sim / 100.0)
 
 @command('^annotate|blame',
     [('r', 'rev', '', _('annotate the specified revision'), _('REV')),
     ('', 'follow', None,
      _('follow copies/renames and list the filename (DEPRECATED)')),
     ('', 'no-follow', None, _("don't follow copies and renames")),
     ('a', 'text', None, _('treat all files as text')),
     ('u', 'user', None, _('list the author (long with -v)')),
     ('f', 'file', None, _('list the filename')),
     ('d', 'date', None, _('list the date (short with -q)')),
     ('n', 'number', None, _('list the revision number (default)')),
     ('c', 'changeset', None, _('list the changeset')),
     ('l', 'line-number', None, _('show line number at the first appearance'))
     ] + diffwsopts + walkopts + formatteropts,
     _('[-r REV] [-f] [-a] [-u] [-d] [-n] [-c] [-l] FILE...'),
     inferrepo=True)
 def annotate(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
     """show changeset information by line for each file
 
     List changes in files, showing the revision id responsible for
     each line.
 
     This command is useful for discovering when a change was made and
     by whom.
 
     If you include --file, --user, or --date, the revision number is
     suppressed unless you also include --number.
 
     Without the -a/--text option, annotate will avoid processing files
     it detects as binary. With -a, annotate will annotate the file
     anyway, although the results will probably be neither useful
     nor desirable.
 
     Returns 0 on success.
     """
     if not pats:
         raise error.Abort(_('at least one filename or pattern is required'))
 
     if opts.get('follow'):
         # --follow is deprecated and now just an alias for -f/--file
         # to mimic the behavior of Mercurial before version 1.5
         opts['file'] = True
 
     ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev'))
 
     fm = ui.formatter('annotate', opts)
     if ui.quiet:
         datefunc = util.shortdate
     else:
         datefunc = util.datestr
     if ctx.rev() is None:
         def hexfn(node):
             if node is None:
                 return None
             else:
                 return fm.hexfunc(node)
         if opts.get('changeset'):
             # omit "+" suffix which is appended to node hex
             def formatrev(rev):
                 if rev is None:
                     return '%d' % ctx.p1().rev()
                 else:
                     return '%d' % rev
         else:
             def formatrev(rev):
                 if rev is None:
                     return '%d+' % ctx.p1().rev()
                 else:
                     return '%d ' % rev
         def formathex(hex):
             if hex is None:
                 return '%s+' % fm.hexfunc(ctx.p1().node())
             else:
                 return '%s ' % hex
     else:
         hexfn = fm.hexfunc
         formatrev = formathex = str
 
     opmap = [('user', ' ', lambda x: x[0].user(), ui.shortuser),
              ('number', ' ', lambda x: x[0].rev(), formatrev),
              ('changeset', ' ', lambda x: hexfn(x[0].node()), formathex),
              ('date', ' ', lambda x: x[0].date(), util.cachefunc(datefunc)),
              ('file', ' ', lambda x: x[0].path(), str),
              ('line_number', ':', lambda x: x[1], str),
             ]
     fieldnamemap = {'number': 'rev', 'changeset': 'node'}
 
     if (not opts.get('user') and not opts.get('changeset')
         and not opts.get('date') and not opts.get('file')):
         opts['number'] = True
 
     linenumber = opts.get('line_number') is not None
     if linenumber and (not opts.get('changeset')) and (not opts.get('number')):
         raise error.Abort(_('at least one of -n/-c is required for -l'))
 
     ui.pager('annotate')
 
     if fm.isplain():
         def makefunc(get, fmt):
             return lambda x: fmt(get(x))
     else:
         def makefunc(get, fmt):
             return get
     funcmap = [(makefunc(get, fmt), sep) for op, sep, get, fmt in opmap
                if opts.get(op)]
     funcmap[0] = (funcmap[0][0], '') # no separator in front of first column
     fields = ' '.join(fieldnamemap.get(op, op) for op, sep, get, fmt in opmap
                       if opts.get(op))
 
     def bad(x, y):
         raise error.Abort("%s: %s" % (x, y))
 
     m = scmutil.match(ctx, pats, opts, badfn=bad)
 
     follow = not opts.get('no_follow')
     diffopts = patch.difffeatureopts(ui, opts, section='annotate',
                                      whitespace=True)
     for abs in ctx.walk(m):
         fctx = ctx[abs]
         if not opts.get('text') and util.binary(fctx.data()):
             fm.plain(_("%s: binary file\n") % ((pats and m.rel(abs)) or abs))
             continue
 
         lines = fctx.annotate(follow=follow, linenumber=linenumber,
                               diffopts=diffopts)
         if not lines:
             continue
         formats = []
         pieces = []
 
         for f, sep in funcmap:
             l = [f(n) for n, dummy in lines]
             if fm.isplain():
                 sizes = [encoding.colwidth(x) for x in l]
                 ml = max(sizes)
                 formats.append([sep + ' ' * (ml - w) + '%s' for w in sizes])
             else:
                 formats.append(['%s' for x in l])
             pieces.append(l)
 
         for f, p, l in zip(zip(*formats), zip(*pieces), lines):
             fm.startitem()
             fm.write(fields, "".join(f), *p)
             fm.write('line', ": %s", l[1])
 
         if not lines[-1][1].endswith('\n'):
             fm.plain('\n')
 
     fm.end()
 
 @command('archive',
     [('', 'no-decode', None, _('do not pass files through decoders')),
     ('p', 'prefix', '', _('directory prefix for files in archive'),
      _('PREFIX')),
     ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to distribute'), _('REV')),
     ('t', 'type', '', _('type of distribution to create'), _('TYPE')),
     ] + subrepoopts + walkopts,
     _('[OPTION]... DEST'))
 def archive(ui, repo, dest, **opts):
     '''create an unversioned archive of a repository revision
 
     By default, the revision used is the parent of the working
     directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision.
 
     The archive type is automatically detected based on file
     extension (to override, use -t/--type).
 
     .. container:: verbose
 
       Examples:
 
       - create a zip file containing the 1.0 release::
 
           hg archive -r 1.0 project-1.0.zip
 
       - create a tarball excluding .hg files::
 
           hg archive project.tar.gz -X ".hg*"
 
     Valid types are:
 
     :``files``: a directory full of files (default)
     :``tar``:   tar archive, uncompressed
     :``tbz2``:  tar archive, compressed using bzip2
     :``tgz``:   tar archive, compressed using gzip
     :``uzip``:  zip archive, uncompressed
     :``zip``:   zip archive, compressed using deflate
 
     The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given
     using a format string; see :hg:`help export` for details.
 
     Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix
     prepended. Use -p/--prefix to specify a format string for the
     prefix. The default is the basename of the archive, with suffixes
     removed.
 
     Returns 0 on success.
     '''
 
     ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev'))
     if not ctx:
         raise error.Abort(_('no working directory: please specify a revision'))
     node = ctx.node()
     dest = cmdutil.makefilename(repo, dest, node)
     if os.path.realpath(dest) == repo.root:
         raise error.Abort(_('repository root cannot be destination'))
 
     kind = opts.get('type') or archival.guesskind(dest) or 'files'
     prefix = opts.get('prefix')
 
     if dest == '-':
         if kind == 'files':
             raise error.Abort(_('cannot archive plain files to stdout'))
         dest = cmdutil.makefileobj(repo, dest)
         if not prefix:
             prefix = os.path.basename(repo.root) + '-%h'
 
     prefix = cmdutil.makefilename(repo, prefix, node)
     matchfn = scmutil.match(ctx, [], opts)
     archival.archive(repo, dest, node, kind, not opts.get('no_decode'),
                      matchfn, prefix, subrepos=opts.get('subrepos'))
 
 @command('backout',
     [('', 'merge', None, _('merge with old dirstate parent after backout')),
     ('', 'commit', None,
      _('commit if no conflicts were encountered (DEPRECATED)')),
     ('', 'no-commit', None, _('do not commit')),
     ('', 'parent', '',
      _('parent to choose when backing out merge (DEPRECATED)'), _('REV')),
     ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to backout'), _('REV')),
     ('e', 'edit', False, _('invoke editor on commit messages')),
     ] + mergetoolopts + walkopts + commitopts + commitopts2,
     _('[OPTION]... [-r] REV'))
 def backout(ui, repo, node=None, rev=None, **opts):
     '''reverse effect of earlier changeset
 
     Prepare a new changeset with the effect of REV undone in the
     current working directory. If no conflicts were encountered,
     it will be committed immediately.
 
     If REV is the parent of the working directory, then this new changeset
     is committed automatically (unless --no-commit is specified).
 
     .. note::
 
        :hg:`backout` cannot be used to fix either an unwanted or
        incorrect merge.
 
     .. container:: verbose
 
       Examples:
 
       - Reverse the effect of the parent of the working directory.
         This backout will be committed immediately::
 
           hg backout -r .
 
       - Reverse the effect of previous bad revision 23::
 
           hg backout -r 23
 
       - Reverse the effect of previous bad revision 23 and
         leave changes uncommitted::
 
           hg backout -r 23 --no-commit
           hg commit -m "Backout revision 23"
 
       By default, the pending changeset will have one parent,
       maintaining a linear history. With --merge, the pending
       changeset will instead have two parents: the old parent of the
       working directory and a new child of REV that simply undoes REV.
 
       Before version 1.7, the behavior without --merge was equivalent
       to specifying --merge followed by :hg:`update --clean .` to
       cancel the merge and leave the child of REV as a head to be
       merged separately.
 
     See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.
 
     See :hg:`help revert` for a way to restore files to the state
     of another revision.
 
     Returns 0 on success, 1 if nothing to backout or there are unresolved
     files.
     '''
     wlock = lock = None
     try:
         wlock = repo.wlock()
         lock = repo.lock()
         return _dobackout(ui, repo, node, rev, **opts)
     finally:
         release(lock, wlock)
 
 def _dobackout(ui, repo, node=None, rev=None, **opts):
     if opts.get('commit') and opts.get('no_commit'):
         raise error.Abort(_("cannot use --commit with --no-commit"))
     if opts.get('merge') and opts.get('no_commit'):
         raise error.Abort(_("cannot use --merge with --no-commit"))
 
     if rev and node:
         raise error.Abort(_("please specify just one revision"))
 
     if not rev:
         rev = node
 
     if not rev:
         raise error.Abort(_("please specify a revision to backout"))
 
     date = opts.get('date')
     if date:
         opts['date'] = util.parsedate(date)
 
     cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo)
     cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo)
     node = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev).node()
 
     op1, op2 = repo.dirstate.parents()
     if not repo.changelog.isancestor(node, op1):
         raise error.Abort(_('cannot backout change that is not an ancestor'))
 
     p1, p2 = repo.changelog.parents(node)
     if p1 == nullid:
         raise error.Abort(_('cannot backout a change with no parents'))
     if p2 != nullid:
         if not opts.get('parent'):
             raise error.Abort(_('cannot backout a merge changeset'))
         p = repo.lookup(opts['parent'])
         if p not in (p1, p2):
             raise error.Abort(_('%s is not a parent of %s') %
                              (short(p), short(node)))
         parent = p
     else:
         if opts.get('parent'):
             raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --parent on non-merge changeset'))
         parent = p1
 
     # the backout should appear on the same branch
     branch = repo.dirstate.branch()
     bheads = repo.branchheads(branch)
     rctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, hex(parent))
     if not opts.get('merge') and op1 != node:
         dsguard = dirstateguard.dirstateguard(repo, 'backout')
         try:
             ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', opts.get('tool', ''),
                          'backout')
             stats = mergemod.update(repo, parent, True, True, node, False)
             repo.setparents(op1, op2)
             dsguard.close()
             hg._showstats(repo, stats)
             if stats[3]:
                 repo.ui.status(_("use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved "
                                  "file merges\n"))
                 return 1
         finally:
             ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', '', '')
             lockmod.release(dsguard)
     else:
         hg.clean(repo, node, show_stats=False)
         repo.dirstate.setbranch(branch)
         cmdutil.revert(ui, repo, rctx, repo.dirstate.parents())
 
     if opts.get('no_commit'):
         msg = _("changeset %s backed out, "
                 "don't forget to commit.\n")
         ui.status(msg % short(node))
         return 0
 
     def commitfunc(ui, repo, message, match, opts):
         editform = 'backout'
         e = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(editform=editform, **opts)
         if not message:
             # we don't translate commit messages
             message = "Backed out changeset %s" % short(node)
             e = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(edit=True, editform=editform)
         return repo.commit(message, opts.get('user'), opts.get('date'),
                            match, editor=e)
     newnode = cmdutil.commit(ui, repo, commitfunc, [], opts)
     if not newnode:
         ui.status(_("nothing changed\n"))
         return 1
     cmdutil.commitstatus(repo, newnode, branch, bheads)
 
     def nice(node):
         return '%d:%s' % (repo.changelog.rev(node), short(node))
     ui.status(_('changeset %s backs out changeset %s\n') %
               (nice(repo.changelog.tip()), nice(node)))
     if opts.get('merge') and op1 != node:
         hg.clean(repo, op1, show_stats=False)
         ui.status(_('merging with changeset %s\n')
                   % nice(repo.changelog.tip()))
         try:
             ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', opts.get('tool', ''),
                          'backout')
             return hg.merge(repo, hex(repo.changelog.tip()))
         finally:
             ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', '', '')
     return 0
 
 @command('bisect',
     [('r', 'reset', False, _('reset bisect state')),
     ('g', 'good', False, _('mark changeset good')),
     ('b', 'bad', False, _('mark changeset bad')),
     ('s', 'skip', False, _('skip testing changeset')),
     ('e', 'extend', False, _('extend the bisect range')),
     ('c', 'command', '', _('use command to check changeset state'), _('CMD')),
     ('U', 'noupdate', False, _('do not update to target'))],
     _("[-gbsr] [-U] [-c CMD] [REV]"))
 def bisect(ui, repo, rev=None, extra=None, command=None,
                reset=None, good=None, bad=None, skip=None, extend=None,
                noupdate=None):
     """subdivision search of changesets
 
     This command helps to find changesets which introduce problems. To
     use, mark the earliest changeset you know exhibits the problem as
     bad, then mark the latest changeset which is free from the problem
     as good. Bisect will update your working directory to a revision
     for testing (unless the -U/--noupdate option is specified). Once
     you have performed tests, mark the working directory as good or
     bad, and bisect will either update to another candidate changeset
     or announce that it has found the bad revision.
 
     As a shortcut, you can also use the revision argument to mark a
     revision as good or bad without checking it out first.
 
     If you supply a command, it will be used for automatic bisection.
     The environment variable HG_NODE will contain the ID of the
     changeset being tested. The exit status of the command will be
     used to mark revisions as good or bad: status 0 means good, 125
     means to skip the revision, 127 (command not found) will abort the
     bisection, and any other non-zero exit status means the revision
     is bad.
 
     .. container:: verbose
 
       Some examples:
 
       - start a bisection with known bad revision 34, and good revision 12::
 
           hg bisect --bad 34
           hg bisect --good 12
 
       - advance the current bisection by marking current revision as good or
         bad::
 
           hg bisect --good
           hg bisect --bad
 
       - mark the current revision, or a known revision, to be skipped (e.g. if
         that revision is not usable because of another issue)::
 
           hg bisect --skip
           hg bisect --skip 23
 
       - skip all revisions that do not touch directories ``foo`` or ``bar``::
 
           hg bisect --skip "!( file('path:foo') & file('path:bar') )"
 
       - forget the current bisection::
 
           hg bisect --reset
 
       - use 'make && make tests' to automatically find the first broken
         revision::
 
           hg bisect --reset
           hg bisect --bad 34
           hg bisect --good 12
           hg bisect --command "make && make tests"
 
       - see all changesets whose states are already known in the current
         bisection::
 
           hg log -r "bisect(pruned)"
 
       - see the changeset currently being bisected (especially useful
         if running with -U/--noupdate)::
 
           hg log -r "bisect(current)"
 
       - see all changesets that took part in the current bisection::
 
           hg log -r "bisect(range)"
 
       - you can even get a nice graph::
 
           hg log --graph -r "bisect(range)"
 
       See :hg:`help revisions.bisect` for more about the `bisect()` predicate.
 
     Returns 0 on success.
     """
     # backward compatibility
     if rev in "good bad reset init".split():
         ui.warn(_("(use of 'hg bisect <cmd>' is deprecated)\n"))
         cmd, rev, extra = rev, extra, None
         if cmd == "good":
             good = True
         elif cmd == "bad":
             bad = True
         else:
             reset = True
     elif extra or good + bad + skip + reset + extend + bool(command) > 1:
         raise error.Abort(_('incompatible arguments'))
 
     cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo)
 
     if reset:
         hbisect.resetstate(repo)
         return
 
     state = hbisect.load_state(repo)
 
     # update state
     if good or bad or skip:
         if rev:
             nodes = [repo.lookup(i) for i in scmutil.revrange(repo, [rev])]
         else:
             nodes = [repo.lookup('.')]
         if good:
             state['good'] += nodes
         elif bad:
             state['bad'] += nodes
         elif skip:
             state['skip'] += nodes
         hbisect.save_state(repo, state)
         if not (state['good'] and state['bad']):
             return
 
     def mayupdate(repo, node, show_stats=True):
         """common used update sequence"""
         if noupdate:
             return
         cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo)
         return hg.clean(repo, node, show_stats=show_stats)
 
     displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, {})
 
     if command:
         changesets = 1
         if noupdate:
             try:
                 node = state['current'][0]
             except LookupError:
                 raise error.Abort(_('current bisect revision is unknown - '
                                    'start a new bisect to fix'))
         else:
             node, p2 = repo.dirstate.parents()
             if p2 != nullid:
                 raise error.Abort(_('current bisect revision is a merge'))
         if rev:
             node = repo[scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev, node)].node()
         try:
             while changesets:
                 # update state
                 state['current'] = [node]
                 hbisect.save_state(repo, state)
                 status = ui.system(command, environ={'HG_NODE': hex(node)})
                 if status == 125:
                     transition = "skip"
                 elif status == 0:
                     transition = "good"
                 # status < 0 means process was killed
                 elif status == 127:
                     raise error.Abort(_("failed to execute %s") % command)
                 elif status < 0:
                     raise error.Abort(_("%s killed") % command)
                 else:
                     transition = "bad"
                 state[transition].append(node)
                 ctx = repo[node]
                 ui.status(_('changeset %d:%s: %s\n') % (ctx, ctx, transition))
                 hbisect.checkstate(state)
                 # bisect
                 nodes, changesets, bgood = hbisect.bisect(repo.changelog, state)
                 # update to next check
                 node = nodes[0]
                 mayupdate(repo, node, show_stats=False)
         finally:
             state['current'] = [node]
             hbisect.save_state(repo, state)
         hbisect.printresult(ui, repo, state, displayer, nodes, bgood)
         return
 
     hbisect.checkstate(state)
 
     # actually bisect
     nodes, changesets, good = hbisect.bisect(repo.changelog, state)
     if extend:
         if not changesets:
             extendnode = hbisect.extendrange(repo, state, nodes, good)
             if extendnode is not None:
                 ui.write(_("Extending search to changeset %d:%s\n")
                          % (extendnode.rev(), extendnode))
                 state['current'] = [extendnode.node()]
                 hbisect.save_state(repo, state)
                 return mayupdate(repo, extendnode.node())
         raise error.Abort(_("nothing to extend"))
 
     if changesets == 0:
         hbisect.printresult(ui, repo, state, displayer, nodes, good)
     else:
         assert len(nodes) == 1 # only a single node can be tested next
         node = nodes[0]
         # compute the approximate number of remaining tests
         tests, size = 0, 2
         while size <= changesets:
             tests, size = tests + 1, size * 2
         rev = repo.changelog.rev(node)
         ui.write(_("Testing changeset %d:%s "
                    "(%d changesets remaining, ~%d tests)\n")
                  % (rev, short(node), changesets, tests))
         state['current'] = [node]
         hbisect.save_state(repo, state)
         return mayupdate(repo, node)
 
 @command('bookmarks|bookmark',
     [('f', 'force', False, _('force')),
     ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision for bookmark action'), _('REV')),
     ('d', 'delete', False, _('delete a given bookmark')),
     ('m', 'rename', '', _('rename a given bookmark'), _('OLD')),
     ('i', 'inactive', False, _('mark a bookmark inactive')),
     ] + formatteropts,
     _('hg bookmarks [OPTIONS]... [NAME]...'))
 def bookmark(ui, repo, *names, **opts):
     '''create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks
 
     Bookmarks are labels on changesets to help track lines of development.
     Bookmarks are unversioned and can be moved, renamed and deleted.
     Deleting or moving a bookmark has no effect on the associated changesets.
 
     Creating or updating to a bookmark causes it to be marked as 'active'.
     The active bookmark is indicated with a '*'.
     When a commit is made, the active bookmark will advance to the new commit.
     A plain :hg:`update` will also advance an active bookmark, if possible.
     Updating away from a bookmark will cause it to be deactivated.
 
     Bookmarks can be pushed and pulled between repositories (see
     :hg:`help push` and :hg:`help pull`). If a shared bookmark has
     diverged, a new 'divergent bookmark' of the form 'name@path' will
     be created. Using :hg:`merge` will resolve the divergence.
 
     A bookmark named '@' has the special property that :hg:`clone` will
     check it out by default if it exists.
 
     .. container:: verbose
 
       Examples:
 
       - create an active bookmark for a new line of development::
 
           hg book new-feature
 
       - create an inactive bookmark as a place marker::
 
           hg book -i reviewed
 
       - create an inactive bookmark on another changeset::
 
           hg book -r .^ tested
 
       - rename bookmark turkey to dinner::
 
           hg book -m turkey dinner
 
       - move the '@' bookmark from another branch::
 
           hg book -f @
     '''
     force = opts.get('force')
     rev = opts.get('rev')
     delete = opts.get('delete')
     rename = opts.get('rename')
     inactive = opts.get('inactive')
 
     def checkformat(mark):
         mark = mark.strip()
         if not mark:
             raise error.Abort(_("bookmark names cannot consist entirely of "
                                "whitespace"))
         scmutil.checknewlabel(repo, mark, 'bookmark')
         return mark
 
     def checkconflict(repo, mark, cur, force=False, target=None):
         if mark in marks and not force:
             if target:
                 if marks[mark] == target and target == cur:
                     # re-activating a bookmark
                     return
                 anc = repo.changelog.ancestors([repo[target].rev()])
                 bmctx = repo[marks[mark]]
                 divs = [repo[b].node() for b in marks
                         if b.split('@', 1)[0] == mark.split('@', 1)[0]]
 
                 # allow resolving a single divergent bookmark even if moving
                 # the bookmark across branches when a revision is specified
                 # that contains a divergent bookmark
                 if bmctx.rev() not in anc and target in divs:
                     bookmarks.deletedivergent(repo, [target], mark)
                     return
 
                 deletefrom = [b for b in divs
                               if repo[b].rev() in anc or b == target]
                 bookmarks.deletedivergent(repo, deletefrom, mark)
                 if bookmarks.validdest(repo, bmctx, repo[target]):
                     ui.status(_("moving bookmark '%s' forward from %s\n") %
                               (mark, short(bmctx.node())))
                     return
             raise error.Abort(_("bookmark '%s' already exists "
                                "(use -f to force)") % mark)
         if ((mark in repo.branchmap() or mark == repo.dirstate.branch())
             and not force):
             raise error.Abort(
                 _("a bookmark cannot have the name of an existing branch"))
 
     if delete and rename:
         raise error.Abort(_("--delete and --rename are incompatible"))
     if delete and rev:
         raise error.Abort(_("--rev is incompatible with --delete"))
     if rename and rev:
         raise error.Abort(_("--rev is incompatible with --rename"))
     if not names and (delete or rev):
         raise error.Abort(_("bookmark name required"))
 
     if delete or rename or names or inactive:
         wlock = lock = tr = None
         try:
             wlock = repo.wlock()
             lock = repo.lock()
             cur = repo.changectx('.').node()
             marks = repo._bookmarks
             if delete:
                 tr = repo.transaction('bookmark')
                 for mark in names:
                     if mark not in marks:
                         raise error.Abort(_("bookmark '%s' does not exist") %
                                          mark)
                     if mark == repo._activebookmark:
                         bookmarks.deactivate(repo)
                     del marks[mark]
 
             elif rename:
                 tr = repo.transaction('bookmark')
                 if not names:
                     raise error.Abort(_("new bookmark name required"))
                 elif len(names) > 1:
                     raise error.Abort(_("only one new bookmark name allowed"))
                 mark = checkformat(names[0])
                 if rename not in marks:
                     raise error.Abort(_("bookmark '%s' does not exist")
                                       % rename)
                 checkconflict(repo, mark, cur, force)
                 marks[mark] = marks[rename]
                 if repo._activebookmark == rename and not inactive:
                     bookmarks.activate(repo, mark)
                 del marks[rename]
             elif names:
                 tr = repo.transaction('bookmark')
                 newact = None
                 for mark in names:
                     mark = checkformat(mark)
                     if newact is None:
                         newact = mark
                     if inactive and mark == repo._activebookmark:
                         bookmarks.deactivate(repo)
                         return
                     tgt = cur
                     if rev:
                         tgt = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev).node()
                     checkconflict(repo, mark, cur, force, tgt)
                     marks[mark] = tgt
                 if not inactive and cur == marks[newact] and not rev:
                     bookmarks.activate(repo, newact)
                 elif cur != tgt and newact == repo._activebookmark:
                     bookmarks.deactivate(repo)
             elif inactive:
                 if len(marks) == 0:
                     ui.status(_("no bookmarks set\n"))
                 elif not repo._activebookmark:
                     ui.status(_("no active bookmark\n"))
                 else:
                     bookmarks.deactivate(repo)
             if tr is not None:
                 marks.recordchange(tr)
                 tr.close()
         finally:
             lockmod.release(tr, lock, wlock)
     else: # show bookmarks
         fm = ui.formatter('bookmarks', opts)
         hexfn = fm.hexfunc
         marks = repo._bookmarks
         if len(marks) == 0 and fm.isplain():
             ui.status(_("no bookmarks set\n"))
         for bmark, n in sorted(marks.iteritems()):
             active = repo._activebookmark
             if bmark == active:
                 prefix, label = '*', activebookmarklabel
             else:
                 prefix, label = ' ', ''
 
             fm.startitem()
             if not ui.quiet:
                 fm.plain(' %s ' % prefix, label=label)
             fm.write('bookmark', '%s', bmark, label=label)
             pad = " " * (25 - encoding.colwidth(bmark))
             fm.condwrite(not ui.quiet, 'rev node', pad + ' %d:%s',
                          repo.changelog.rev(n), hexfn(n), label=label)
             fm.data(active=(bmark == active))
             fm.plain('\n')
         fm.end()
 
 @command('branch',
     [('f', 'force', None,
      _('set branch name even if it shadows an existing branch')),
     ('C', 'clean', None, _('reset branch name to parent branch name'))],
     _('[-fC] [NAME]'))
 def branch(ui, repo, label=None, **opts):
     """set or show the current branch name
 
     .. note::
 
        Branch names are permanent and global. Use :hg:`bookmark` to create a
        light-weight bookmark instead. See :hg:`help glossary` for more
        information about named branches and bookmarks.
 
     With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument,
     set the working directory branch name (the branch will not exist
     in the repository until the next commit). Standard practice
     recommends that primary development take place on the 'default'
     branch.
 
     Unless -f/--force is specified, branch will not let you set a
     branch name that already exists.
 
     Use -C/--clean to reset the working directory branch to that of
     the parent of the working directory, negating a previous branch
     change.
 
     Use the command :hg:`update` to switch to an existing branch. Use
     :hg:`commit --close-branch` to mark this branch head as closed.
     When all heads of a branch are closed, the branch will be
     considered closed.
 
     Returns 0 on success.
     """
     if label:
         label = label.strip()
 
     if not opts.get('clean') and not label:
         ui.write("%s\n" % repo.dirstate.branch())
         return
 
     with repo.wlock():
         if opts.get('clean'):
             label = repo[None].p1().branch()
             repo.dirstate.setbranch(label)
             ui.status(_('reset working directory to branch %s\n') % label)
         elif label:
             if not opts.get('force') and label in repo.branchmap():
                 if label not in [p.branch() for p in repo[None].parents()]:
                     raise error.Abort(_('a branch of the same name already'
                                        ' exists'),
                                      # i18n: "it" refers to an existing branch
                                      hint=_("use 'hg update' to switch to it"))
             scmutil.checknewlabel(repo, label, 'branch')
             repo.dirstate.setbranch(label)
             ui.status(_('marked working directory as branch %s\n') % label)
 
             # find any open named branches aside from default
             others = [n for n, h, t, c in repo.branchmap().iterbranches()
                       if n != "default" and not c]
             if not others:
                 ui.status(_('(branches are permanent and global, '
                             'did you want a bookmark?)\n'))
 
 @command('branches',
     [('a', 'active', False,
       _('show only branches that have unmerged heads (DEPRECATED)')),
      ('c', 'closed', False, _('show normal and closed branches')),
     ] + formatteropts,
     _('[-c]'))
 def branches(ui, repo, active=False, closed=False, **opts):
     """list repository named branches
 
     List the repository's named branches, indicating which ones are
     inactive. If -c/--closed is specified, also list branches which have
     been marked closed (see :hg:`commit --close-branch`).
 
     Use the command :hg:`update` to switch to an existing branch.
 
     Returns 0.
     """
 
     fm = ui.formatter('branches', opts)
     hexfunc = fm.hexfunc
 
     allheads = set(repo.heads())
     branches = []
     for tag, heads, tip, isclosed in repo.branchmap().iterbranches():
         isactive = not isclosed and bool(set(heads) & allheads)
         branches.append((tag, repo[tip], isactive, not isclosed))
     branches.sort(key=lambda i: (i[2], i[1].rev(), i[0], i[3]),
                   reverse=True)
 
     for tag, ctx, isactive, isopen in branches:
         if active and not isactive:
             continue
         if isactive:
             label = 'branches.active'
             notice = ''
         elif not isopen:
             if not closed:
                 continue
             label = 'branches.closed'
             notice = _(' (closed)')
         else:
             label = 'branches.inactive'
             notice = _(' (inactive)')
         current = (tag == repo.dirstate.branch())
         if current:
             label = 'branches.current'
 
         fm.startitem()
         fm.write('branch', '%s', tag, label=label)
         rev = ctx.rev()
         padsize = max(31 - len(str(rev)) - encoding.colwidth(tag), 0)
         fmt = ' ' * padsize + ' %d:%s'
         fm.condwrite(not ui.quiet, 'rev node', fmt, rev, hexfunc(ctx.node()),
                      label='log.changeset changeset.%s' % ctx.phasestr())
         fm.data(active=isactive, closed=not isopen, current=current)
         if not ui.quiet:
             fm.plain(notice)
         fm.plain('\n')
     fm.end()
 
 @command('bundle',
     [('f', 'force', None, _('run even when the destination is unrelated')),
     ('r', 'rev', [], _('a changeset intended to be added to the destination'),
      _('REV')),
     ('b', 'branch', [], _('a specific branch you would like to bundle'),
      _('BRANCH')),
     ('', 'base', [],
      _('a base changeset assumed to be available at the destination'),
      _('REV')),
     ('a', 'all', None, _('bundle all changesets in the repository')),
     ('t', 'type', 'bzip2', _('bundle compression type to use'), _('TYPE')),
     ] + remoteopts,
     _('[-f] [-t TYPE] [-a] [-r REV]... [--base REV]... FILE [DEST]'))
 def bundle(ui, repo, fname, dest=None, **opts):
     """create a changegroup file
 
     Generate a changegroup file collecting changesets to be added
     to a repository.
 
     To create a bundle containing all changesets, use -a/--all
     (or --base null). Otherwise, hg assumes the destination will have
     all the nodes you specify with --base parameters. Otherwise, hg
     will assume the repository has all the nodes in destination, or
     default-push/default if no destination is specified.
 
     You can change bundle format with the -t/--type option. You can
     specify a compression, a bundle version or both using a dash
     (comp-version). The available compression methods are: none, bzip2,
     and gzip (by default, bundles are compressed using bzip2). The
     available formats are: v1, v2 (default to most suitable).
 
     The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means
     and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull
     command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not
     available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable.
 
     Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including
     permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.
 
     Returns 0 on success, 1 if no changes found.
     """
     revs = None
     if 'rev' in opts:
         revstrings = opts['rev']
         revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, revstrings)
         if revstrings and not revs:
             raise error.Abort(_('no commits to bundle'))
 
     bundletype = opts.get('type', 'bzip2').lower()
     try:
         bcompression, cgversion, params = exchange.parsebundlespec(
                 repo, bundletype, strict=False)
     except error.UnsupportedBundleSpecification as e:
         raise error.Abort(str(e),
                           hint=_("see 'hg help bundle' for supported "
                                  "values for --type"))
 
     # Packed bundles are a pseudo bundle format for now.
     if cgversion == 's1':
         raise error.Abort(_('packed bundles cannot be produced by "hg bundle"'),
                           hint=_("use 'hg debugcreatestreamclonebundle'"))
 
     if opts.get('all'):
         if dest:
             raise error.Abort(_("--all is incompatible with specifying "
                                 "a destination"))
         if opts.get('base'):
             ui.warn(_("ignoring --base because --all was specified\n"))
         base = ['null']
     else:
         base = scmutil.revrange(repo, opts.get('base'))
     # TODO: get desired bundlecaps from command line.
     bundlecaps = None
     if cgversion not in changegroup.supportedoutgoingversions(repo):
         raise error.Abort(_("repository does not support bundle version %s") %
                           cgversion)
 
     if base:
         if dest:
             raise error.Abort(_("--base is incompatible with specifying "
                                "a destination"))
         common = [repo.lookup(rev) for rev in base]
         heads = revs and map(repo.lookup, revs) or None
         outgoing = discovery.outgoing(repo, common, heads)
         cg = changegroup.getchangegroup(repo, 'bundle', outgoing,
                                         bundlecaps=bundlecaps,
                                         version=cgversion)
         outgoing = None
     else:
         dest = ui.expandpath(dest or 'default-push', dest or 'default')
         dest, branches = hg.parseurl(dest, opts.get('branch'))
         other = hg.peer(repo, opts, dest)
         revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, repo, branches, revs)
         heads = revs and map(repo.lookup, revs) or revs
         outgoing = discovery.findcommonoutgoing(repo, other,
                                                 onlyheads=heads,
                                                 force=opts.get('force'),
                                                 portable=True)
         cg = changegroup.getlocalchangegroup(repo, 'bundle', outgoing,
                                                 bundlecaps, version=cgversion)
     if not cg:
         scmutil.nochangesfound(ui, repo, outgoing and outgoing.excluded)
         return 1
 
     if cgversion == '01': #bundle1
         if bcompression is None:
             bcompression = 'UN'
         bversion = 'HG10' + bcompression
         bcompression = None
     else:
         assert cgversion == '02'
         bversion = 'HG20'
 
     # TODO compression options should be derived from bundlespec parsing.
     # This is a temporary hack to allow adjusting bundle compression
     # level without a) formalizing the bundlespec changes to declare it
     # b) introducing a command flag.
     compopts = {}
     complevel = ui.configint('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel')
     if complevel is not None:
         compopts['level'] = complevel
 
     bundle2.writebundle(ui, cg, fname, bversion, compression=bcompression,
                         compopts=compopts)
 
 @command('cat',
     [('o', 'output', '',
      _('print output to file with formatted name'), _('FORMAT')),
     ('r', 'rev', '', _('print the given revision'), _('REV')),
     ('', 'decode', None, _('apply any matching decode filter')),
     ] + walkopts,
     _('[OPTION]... FILE...'),
     inferrepo=True)
 def cat(ui, repo, file1, *pats, **opts):
     """output the current or given revision of files
 
     Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If
     no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used.
 
     Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is
     given using a format string. The formatting rules as follows:
 
     :``%%``: literal "%" character
     :``%s``: basename of file being printed
     :``%d``: dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root
     :``%p``: root-relative path name of file being printed
     :``%H``: changeset hash (40 hexadecimal digits)
     :``%R``: changeset revision number
     :``%h``: short-form changeset hash (12 hexadecimal digits)
     :``%r``: zero-padded changeset revision number
     :``%b``: basename of the exporting repository
 
     Returns 0 on success.
     """
     ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev'))
     m = scmutil.match(ctx, (file1,) + pats, opts)
 
     ui.pager('cat')
     return cmdutil.cat(ui, repo, ctx, m, '', **opts)
 
 @command('^clone',
     [('U', 'noupdate', None, _('the clone will include an empty working '
                                'directory (only a repository)')),
     ('u', 'updaterev', '', _('revision, tag, or branch to check out'),
         _('REV')),
     ('r', 'rev', [], _('include the specified changeset'), _('REV')),
     ('b', 'branch', [], _('clone only the specified branch'), _('BRANCH')),
     ('', 'pull', None, _('use pull protocol to copy metadata')),
     ('', 'uncompressed', None, _('use uncompressed transfer (fast over LAN)')),
     ] + remoteopts,
     _('[OPTION]... SOURCE [DEST]'),
     norepo=True)
 def clone(ui, source, dest=None, **opts):
     """make a copy of an existing repository
 
     Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.
 
     If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the
     basename of the source.
 
     The location of the source is added to the new repository's
     ``.hg/hgrc`` file, as the default to be used for future pulls.
 
     Only local paths and ``ssh://`` URLs are supported as
     destinations. For ``ssh://`` destinations, no working directory or
     ``.hg/hgrc`` will be created on the remote side.
 
     If the source repository has a bookmark called '@' set, that
     revision will be checked out in the new repository by default.
 
     To check out a particular version, use -u/--update, or
     -U/--noupdate to create a clone with no working directory.
 
     To pull only a subset of changesets, specify one or more revisions
     identifiers with -r/--rev or branches with -b/--branch. The
     resulting clone will contain only the specified changesets and
     their ancestors. These options (or 'clone src#rev dest') imply
     --pull, even for local source repositories.
 
     .. note::
 
        Specifying a tag will include the tagged changeset but not the
        changeset containing the tag.
 
     .. container:: verbose
 
       For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the
       source and destination are on the same filesystem (note this
       applies only to the repository data, not to the working
       directory). Some filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking
       incorrectly, but do not report errors. In these cases, use the
       --pull option to avoid hardlinking.
 
       In some cases, you can clone repositories and the working
       directory using full hardlinks with ::
 
         $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE
 
       This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The
       operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during
       the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your
       editor breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do
       so). Also, this is not compatible with certain extensions that
       place their metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.
 
       Mercurial will update the working directory to the first applicable
       revision from this list:
 
       a) null if -U or the source repository has no changesets
       b) if -u . and the source repository is local, the first parent of
          the source repository's working directory
       c) the changeset specified with -u (if a branch name, this means the
          latest head of that branch)
       d) the changeset specified with -r
       e) the tipmost head specified with -b
       f) the tipmost head specified with the url#branch source syntax
       g) the revision marked with the '@' bookmark, if present
       h) the tipmost head of the default branch
       i) tip
 
       When cloning from servers that support it, Mercurial may fetch
       pre-generated data from a server-advertised URL. When this is done,
       hooks operating on incoming changesets and changegroups may fire twice,
       once for the bundle fetched from the URL and another for any additional
       data not fetched from this URL. In addition, if an error occurs, the
       repository may be rolled back to a partial clone. This behavior may
       change in future releases. See :hg:`help -e clonebundles` for more.
 
       Examples:
 
       - clone a remote repository to a new directory named hg/::
 
           hg clone https://www.mercurial-scm.org/repo/hg/
 
       - create a lightweight local clone::
 
           hg clone project/ project-feature/
 
       - clone from an absolute path on an ssh server (note double-slash)::
 
           hg clone ssh://user@server//home/projects/alpha/
 
       - do a high-speed clone over a LAN while checking out a
         specified version::
 
           hg clone --uncompressed http://server/repo -u 1.5
 
       - create a repository without changesets after a particular revision::
 
           hg clone -r 04e544 experimental/ good/
 
       - clone (and track) a particular named branch::
 
           hg clone https://www.mercurial-scm.org/repo/hg/#stable
 
     See :hg:`help urls` for details on specifying URLs.
 
     Returns 0 on success.
     """
     if opts.get('noupdate') and opts.get('updaterev'):
         raise error.Abort(_("cannot specify both --noupdate and --updaterev"))
 
     r = hg.clone(ui, opts, source, dest,
                  pull=opts.get('pull'),
                  stream=opts.get('uncompressed'),
                  rev=opts.get('rev'),
                  update=opts.get('updaterev') or not opts.get('noupdate'),
                  branch=opts.get('branch'),
                  shareopts=opts.get('shareopts'))
 
     return r is None
 
 @command('^commit|ci',
     [('A', 'addremove', None,
      _('mark new/missing files as added/removed before committing')),
     ('', 'close-branch', None,
      _('mark a branch head as closed')),
     ('', 'amend', None, _('amend the parent of the working directory')),
     ('s', 'secret', None, _('use the secret phase for committing')),
     ('e', 'edit', None, _('invoke editor on commit messages')),
     ('i', 'interactive', None, _('use interactive mode')),
     ] + walkopts + commitopts + commitopts2 + subrepoopts,
     _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'),
     inferrepo=True)
 def commit(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
     """commit the specified files or all outstanding changes
 
     Commit changes to the given files into the repository. Unlike a
     centralized SCM, this operation is a local operation. See
     :hg:`push` for a way to actively distribute your changes.
 
     If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by :hg:`status`
     will be committed.
 
     If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any
     filenames or -I/-X filters.
 
     If no commit message is specified, Mercurial starts your
     configured editor where you can enter a message. In case your
     commit fails, you will find a backup of your message in
     ``.hg/last-message.txt``.
 
     The --close-branch flag can be used to mark the current branch
     head closed. When all heads of a branch are closed, the branch
     will be considered closed and no longer listed.
 
     The --amend flag can be used to amend the parent of the
     working directory with a new commit that contains the changes
     in the parent in addition to those currently reported by :hg:`status`,
     if there are any. The old commit is stored in a backup bundle in
     ``.hg/strip-backup`` (see :hg:`help bundle` and :hg:`help unbundle`
     on how to restore it).
 
     Message, user and date are taken from the amended commit unless
     specified. When a message isn't specified on the command line,
     the editor will open with the message of the amended commit.
 
     It is not possible to amend public changesets (see :hg:`help phases`)
     or changesets that have children.
 
     See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.
 
     Returns 0 on success, 1 if nothing changed.
 
     .. container:: verbose
 
       Examples:
 
       - commit all files ending in .py::
 
           hg commit --include "set:**.py"
 
       - commit all non-binary files::
 
           hg commit --exclude "set:binary()"
 
       - amend the current commit and set the date to now::
 
           hg commit --amend --date now
     """
     wlock = lock = None
     try:
         wlock = repo.wlock()
         lock = repo.lock()
         return _docommit(ui, repo, *pats, **opts)
     finally:
         release(lock, wlock)
 
 def _docommit(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
     if opts.get('interactive'):
         opts.pop('interactive')
         ret = cmdutil.dorecord(ui, repo, commit, None, False,
                                cmdutil.recordfilter, *pats, **opts)
         # ret can be 0 (no changes to record) or the value returned by
         # commit(), 1 if nothing changed or None on success.
         return 1 if ret == 0 else ret
 
     if opts.get('subrepos'):
         if opts.get('amend'):
             raise error.Abort(_('cannot amend with --subrepos'))
         # Let --subrepos on the command line override config setting.
         ui.setconfig('ui', 'commitsubrepos', True, 'commit')
 
     cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo, commit=True)
 
     branch = repo[None].branch()
     bheads = repo.branchheads(branch)
 
     extra = {}
     if opts.get('close_branch'):
         extra['close'] = 1
 
         if not bheads:
             raise error.Abort(_('can only close branch heads'))
         elif opts.get('amend'):
             if repo[None].parents()[0].p1().branch() != branch and \
                     repo[None].parents()[0].p2().branch() != branch:
                 raise error.Abort(_('can only close branch heads'))
 
     if opts.get('amend'):
         if ui.configbool('ui', 'commitsubrepos'):
             raise error.Abort(_('cannot amend with ui.commitsubrepos enabled'))
 
         old = repo['.']
         if not old.mutable():
             raise error.Abort(_('cannot amend public changesets'))
         if len(repo[None].parents()) > 1:
             raise error.Abort(_('cannot amend while merging'))
         allowunstable = obsolete.isenabled(repo, obsolete.allowunstableopt)
         if not allowunstable and old.children():
             raise error.Abort(_('cannot amend changeset with children'))
 
         # Currently histedit gets confused if an amend happens while histedit
         # is in progress. Since we have a checkunfinished command, we are
         # temporarily honoring it.
         #
         # Note: eventually this guard will be removed. Please do not expect
         # this behavior to remain.
         if not obsolete.isenabled(repo, obsolete.createmarkersopt):
             cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo)
 
         # commitfunc is used only for temporary amend commit by cmdutil.amend
         def commitfunc(ui, repo, message, match, opts):
             return repo.commit(message,
                                opts.get('user') or old.user(),
                                opts.get('date') or old.date(),
                                match,
                                extra=extra)
 
         node = cmdutil.amend(ui, repo, commitfunc, old, extra, pats, opts)
         if node == old.node():
             ui.status(_("nothing changed\n"))
             return 1
     else:
         def commitfunc(ui, repo, message, match, opts):
             backup = ui.backupconfig('phases', 'new-commit')
             baseui = repo.baseui
             basebackup = baseui.backupconfig('phases', 'new-commit')
             try:
                 if opts.get('secret'):
                     ui.setconfig('phases', 'new-commit', 'secret', 'commit')
                     # Propagate to subrepos
                     baseui.setconfig('phases', 'new-commit', 'secret', 'commit')
 
                 editform = cmdutil.mergeeditform(repo[None], 'commit.normal')
                 editor = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(editform=editform, **opts)
                 return repo.commit(message, opts.get('user'), opts.get('date'),
                                    match,
                                    editor=editor,
                                    extra=extra)
             finally:
                 ui.restoreconfig(backup)
                 repo.baseui.restoreconfig(basebackup)
 
 
         node = cmdutil.commit(ui, repo, commitfunc, pats, opts)
 
         if not node:
             stat = cmdutil.postcommitstatus(repo, pats, opts)
             if stat[3]:
                 ui.status(_("nothing changed (%d missing files, see "
                             "'hg status')\n") % len(stat[3]))
             else:
                 ui.status(_("nothing changed\n"))
             return 1
 
     cmdutil.commitstatus(repo, node, branch, bheads, opts)
 
 @command('config|showconfig|debugconfig',
     [('u', 'untrusted', None, _('show untrusted configuration options')),
      ('e', 'edit', None, _('edit user config')),
      ('l', 'local', None, _('edit repository config')),
      ('g', 'global', None, _('edit global config'))] + formatteropts,
     _('[-u] [NAME]...'),
     optionalrepo=True)
 def config(ui, repo, *values, **opts):
     """show combined config settings from all hgrc files
 
     With no arguments, print names and values of all config items.
 
     With one argument of the form section.name, print just the value
     of that config item.
 
     With multiple arguments, print names and values of all config
     items with matching section names.
 
     With --edit, start an editor on the user-level config file. With
     --global, edit the system-wide config file. With --local, edit the
     repository-level config file.
 
     With --debug, the source (filename and line number) is printed
     for each config item.
 
     See :hg:`help config` for more information about config files.
 
     Returns 0 on success, 1 if NAME does not exist.
 
     """
 
     if opts.get('edit') or opts.get('local') or opts.get('global'):
         if opts.get('local') and opts.get('global'):
             raise error.Abort(_("can't use --local and --global together"))
 
         if opts.get('local'):
             if not repo:
                 raise error.Abort(_("can't use --local outside a repository"))
             paths = [repo.join('hgrc')]
         elif opts.get('global'):
             paths = scmutil.systemrcpath()
         else:
             paths = scmutil.userrcpath()
 
         for f in paths:
             if os.path.exists(f):
                 break
         else:
             if opts.get('global'):
                 samplehgrc = uimod.samplehgrcs['global']
             elif opts.get('local'):
                 samplehgrc = uimod.samplehgrcs['local']
             else:
                 samplehgrc = uimod.samplehgrcs['user']
 
             f = paths[0]
             fp = open(f, "w")
             fp.write(samplehgrc)
             fp.close()
 
         editor = ui.geteditor()
         ui.system("%s \"%s\"" % (editor, f),
                   onerr=error.Abort, errprefix=_("edit failed"))
         return
     ui.pager('config')
     fm = ui.formatter('config', opts)
     for f in scmutil.rcpath():
         ui.debug('read config from: %s\n' % f)
     untrusted = bool(opts.get('untrusted'))
     if values:
         sections = [v for v in values if '.' not in v]
         items = [v for v in values if '.' in v]
         if len(items) > 1 or items and sections:
             raise error.Abort(_('only one config item permitted'))
     matched = False
     for section, name, value in ui.walkconfig(untrusted=untrusted):
         source = ui.configsource(section, name, untrusted)
         value = str(value)
         if fm.isplain():
             source = source or 'none'
             value = value.replace('\n', '\\n')
         entryname = section + '.' + name
         if values:
             for v in values:
                 if v == section:
                     fm.startitem()
                     fm.condwrite(ui.debugflag, 'source', '%s: ', source)
                     fm.write('name value', '%s=%s\n', entryname, value)
                     matched = True
                 elif v == entryname:
                     fm.startitem()
                     fm.condwrite(ui.debugflag, 'source', '%s: ', source)
                     fm.write('value', '%s\n', value)
                     fm.data(name=entryname)
                     matched = True
         else:
             fm.startitem()
             fm.condwrite(ui.debugflag, 'source', '%s: ', source)
             fm.write('name value', '%s=%s\n', entryname, value)
             matched = True
     fm.end()
     if matched:
         return 0
     return 1
 
 @command('copy|cp',
     [('A', 'after', None, _('record a copy that has already occurred')),
     ('f', 'force', None, _('forcibly copy over an existing managed file')),
     ] + walkopts + dryrunopts,
     _('[OPTION]... [SOURCE]... DEST'))
 def copy(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
     """mark files as copied for the next commit
 
     Mark dest as having copies of source files. If dest is a
     directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a file,
     the source must be a single file.
 
     By default, this command copies the contents of files as they
     exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the
     operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.
 
     This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy
     before that, see :hg:`revert`.
 
     Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered.
     """
     with repo.wlock(False):
         return cmdutil.copy(ui, repo, pats, opts)
 
 @command('^diff',
     [('r', 'rev', [], _('revision'), _('REV')),
     ('c', 'change', '', _('change made by revision'), _('REV'))
     ] + diffopts + diffopts2 + walkopts + subrepoopts,
     _('[OPTION]... ([-c REV] | [-r REV1 [-r REV2]]) [FILE]...'),
     inferrepo=True)
 def diff(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
     """diff repository (or selected files)
 
     Show differences between revisions for the specified files.
 
     Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format.
 
     .. note::
 
        :hg:`diff` may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will
        default to comparing against the working directory's first
        parent changeset if no revisions are specified.
 
     When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown
     between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then
     that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no
     revisions are specified, the working directory files are compared
     to its first parent.
 
     Alternatively you can specify -c/--change with a revision to see
     the changes in that changeset relative to its first parent.
 
     Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of
     files it detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff
     anyway, probably with undesirable results.
 
     Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff
     format. For more information, read :hg:`help diffs`.
 
     .. container:: verbose
 
       Examples:
 
       - compare a file in the current working directory to its parent::
 
           hg diff foo.c
 
       - compare two historical versions of a directory, with rename info::
 
           hg diff --git -r 1.0:1.2 lib/
 
       - get change stats relative to the last change on some date::
 
           hg diff --stat -r "date('may 2')"
 
       - diff all newly-added files that contain a keyword::
 
           hg diff "set:added() and grep(GNU)"
 
       - compare a revision and its parents::
 
           hg diff -c 9353         # compare against first parent
           hg diff -r 9353^:9353   # same using revset syntax
           hg diff -r 9353^2:9353  # compare against the second parent
 
     Returns 0 on success.
     """
 
     revs = opts.get('rev')
     change = opts.get('change')
     stat = opts.get('stat')
     reverse = opts.get('reverse')
 
     if revs and change:
         msg = _('cannot specify --rev and --change at the same time')
         raise error.Abort(msg)
     elif change:
         node2 = scmutil.revsingle(repo, change, None).node()
         node1 = repo[node2].p1().node()
     else:
         node1, node2 = scmutil.revpair(repo, revs)
 
     if reverse:
         node1, node2 = node2, node1
 
     diffopts = patch.diffallopts(ui, opts)
     m = scmutil.match(repo[node2], pats, opts)
     ui.pager('diff')
     cmdutil.diffordiffstat(ui, repo, diffopts, node1, node2, m, stat=stat,
                            listsubrepos=opts.get('subrepos'),
                            root=opts.get('root'))
 
 @command('^export',
     [('o', 'output', '',
      _('print output to file with formatted name'), _('FORMAT')),
     ('', 'switch-parent', None, _('diff against the second parent')),
     ('r', 'rev', [], _('revisions to export'), _('REV')),
     ] + diffopts,
     _('[OPTION]... [-o OUTFILESPEC] [-r] [REV]...'))
 def export(ui, repo, *changesets, **opts):
     """dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets
 
     Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions.
     If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used.
 
     The information shown in the changeset header is: author, date,
     branch name (if non-default), changeset hash, parent(s) and commit
     comment.
 
     .. note::
 
        :hg:`export` may generate unexpected diff output for merge
        changesets, as it will compare the merge changeset against its
        first parent only.
 
     Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is
     given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows:
 
     :``%%``: literal "%" character
     :``%H``: changeset hash (40 hexadecimal digits)
     :``%N``: number of patches being generated
     :``%R``: changeset revision number
     :``%b``: basename of the exporting repository
     :``%h``: short-form changeset hash (12 hexadecimal digits)
     :``%m``: first line of the commit message (only alphanumeric characters)
     :``%n``: zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1
     :``%r``: zero-padded changeset revision number
 
     Without the -a/--text option, export will avoid generating diffs
     of files it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a
     diff anyway, probably with undesirable results.
 
     Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff
     format. See :hg:`help diffs` for more information.
 
     With the --switch-parent option, the diff will be against the
     second parent. It can be useful to review a merge.
 
     .. container:: verbose
 
       Examples:
 
       - use export and import to transplant a bugfix to the current
         branch::
 
           hg export -r 9353 | hg import -
 
       - export all the changesets between two revisions to a file with
         rename information::
 
           hg export --git -r 123:150 > changes.txt
 
       - split outgoing changes into a series of patches with
         descriptive names::
 
           hg export -r "outgoing()" -o "%n-%m.patch"
 
     Returns 0 on success.
     """
     changesets += tuple(opts.get('rev', []))
     if not changesets:
         changesets = ['.']
     revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, changesets)
     if not revs:
         raise error.Abort(_("export requires at least one changeset"))
     if len(revs) > 1:
         ui.note(_('exporting patches:\n'))
     else:
         ui.note(_('exporting patch:\n'))
     ui.pager('export')
     cmdutil.export(repo, revs, template=opts.get('output'),
                  switch_parent=opts.get('switch_parent'),
                  opts=patch.diffallopts(ui, opts))
 
 @command('files',
     [('r', 'rev', '', _('search the repository as it is in REV'), _('REV')),
      ('0', 'print0', None, _('end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs')),
     ] + walkopts + formatteropts + subrepoopts,
     _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'))
 def files(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
     """list tracked files
 
     Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory or
     specified revision for given files (excluding removed files).
     Files can be specified as filenames or filesets.
 
     If no files are given to match, this command prints the names
     of all files under Mercurial control.
 
     .. container:: verbose
 
       Examples:
 
       - list all files under the current directory::
 
           hg files .
 
       - shows sizes and flags for current revision::
 
           hg files -vr .
 
       - list all files named README::
 
           hg files -I "**/README"
 
       - list all binary files::
 
           hg files "set:binary()"
 
       - find files containing a regular expression::
 
           hg files "set:grep('bob')"
 
       - search tracked file contents with xargs and grep::
 
           hg files -0 | xargs -0 grep foo
 
     See :hg:`help patterns` and :hg:`help filesets` for more information
     on specifying file patterns.
 
     Returns 0 if a match is found, 1 otherwise.
 
     """
     ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev'), None)
 
     end = '\n'
     if opts.get('print0'):
         end = '\0'
     fmt = '%s' + end
 
     m = scmutil.match(ctx, pats, opts)
     ui.pager('files')
     with ui.formatter('files', opts) as fm:
         return cmdutil.files(ui, ctx, m, fm, fmt, opts.get('subrepos'))
 
 @command('^forget', walkopts, _('[OPTION]... FILE...'), inferrepo=True)
 def forget(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
     """forget the specified files on the next commit
 
     Mark the specified files so they will no longer be tracked
     after the next commit.
 
     This only removes files from the current branch, not from the
     entire project history, and it does not delete them from the
     working directory.
 
     To delete the file from the working directory, see :hg:`remove`.
 
     To undo a forget before the next commit, see :hg:`add`.
 
     .. container:: verbose
 
       Examples:
 
       - forget newly-added binary files::
 
           hg forget "set:added() and binary()"
 
       - forget files that would be excluded by .hgignore::
 
           hg forget "set:hgignore()"
 
     Returns 0 on success.
     """
 
     if not pats:
         raise error.Abort(_('no files specified'))
 
     m = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts)
     rejected = cmdutil.forget(ui, repo, m, prefix="", explicitonly=False)[0]
     return rejected and 1 or 0
 
 @command(
     'graft',
     [('r', 'rev', [], _('revisions to graft'), _('REV')),
      ('c', 'continue', False, _('resume interrupted graft')),
      ('e', 'edit', False, _('invoke editor on commit messages')),
      ('', 'log', None, _('append graft info to log message')),
      ('f', 'force', False, _('force graft')),
      ('D', 'currentdate', False,
       _('record the current date as commit date')),
      ('U', 'currentuser', False,
       _('record the current user as committer'), _('DATE'))]
     + commitopts2 + mergetoolopts  + dryrunopts,
     _('[OPTION]... [-r REV]... REV...'))
 def graft(ui, repo, *revs, **opts):
     '''copy changes from other branches onto the current branch
 
     This command uses Mercurial's merge logic to copy individual
     changes from other branches without merging branches in the
     history graph. This is sometimes known as 'backporting' or
     'cherry-picking'. By default, graft will copy user, date, and
     description from the source changesets.
 
     Changesets that are ancestors of the current revision, that have
     already been grafted, or that are merges will be skipped.
 
     If --log is specified, log messages will have a comment appended
     of the form::
 
       (grafted from CHANGESETHASH)
 
     If --force is specified, revisions will be grafted even if they
     are already ancestors of or have been grafted to the destination.
     This is useful when the revisions have since been backed out.
 
     If a graft merge results in conflicts, the graft process is
     interrupted so that the current merge can be manually resolved.
     Once all conflicts are addressed, the graft process can be
     continued with the -c/--continue option.
 
     .. note::
 
        The -c/--continue option does not reapply earlier options, except
        for --force.
 
     .. container:: verbose
 
       Examples:
 
       - copy a single change to the stable branch and edit its description::
 
           hg update stable
           hg graft --edit 9393
 
       - graft a range of changesets with one exception, updating dates::
 
           hg graft -D "2085::2093 and not 2091"
 
       - continue a graft after resolving conflicts::
 
           hg graft -c
 
       - show the source of a grafted changeset::
 
           hg log --debug -r .
 
       - show revisions sorted by date::
 
           hg log -r "sort(all(), date)"
 
     See :hg:`help revisions` for more about specifying revisions.
 
     Returns 0 on successful completion.
     '''
     with repo.wlock():
         return _dograft(ui, repo, *revs, **opts)
 
 def _dograft(ui, repo, *revs, **opts):
     if revs and opts.get('rev'):
         ui.warn(_('warning: inconsistent use of --rev might give unexpected '
                   'revision ordering!\n'))
 
     revs = list(revs)
     revs.extend(opts.get('rev'))
 
     if not opts.get('user') and opts.get('currentuser'):
         opts['user'] = ui.username()
     if not opts.get('date') and opts.get('currentdate'):
         opts['date'] = "%d %d" % util.makedate()
 
     editor = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(editform='graft', **opts)
 
     cont = False
     if opts.get('continue'):
         cont = True
         if revs:
             raise error.Abort(_("can't specify --continue and revisions"))
         # read in unfinished revisions
         try:
             nodes = repo.vfs.read('graftstate').splitlines()
             revs = [repo[node].rev() for node in nodes]
         except IOError as inst:
             if inst.errno != errno.ENOENT:
                 raise
             cmdutil.wrongtooltocontinue(repo, _('graft'))
     else:
         cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo)
         cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo)
         if not revs:
             raise error.Abort(_('no revisions specified'))
         revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, revs)
 
     skipped = set()
     # check for merges
     for rev in repo.revs('%ld and merge()', revs):
         ui.warn(_('skipping ungraftable merge revision %s\n') % rev)
         skipped.add(rev)
     revs = [r for r in revs if r not in skipped]
     if not revs:
         return -1
 
     # Don't check in the --continue case, in effect retaining --force across
     # --continues. That's because without --force, any revisions we decided to
     # skip would have been filtered out here, so they wouldn't have made their
     # way to the graftstate. With --force, any revisions we would have otherwise
     # skipped would not have been filtered out, and if they hadn't been applied
     # already, they'd have been in the graftstate.
     if not (cont or opts.get('force')):
         # check for ancestors of dest branch
         crev = repo['.'].rev()
         ancestors = repo.changelog.ancestors([crev], inclusive=True)
         # XXX make this lazy in the future
         # don't mutate while iterating, create a copy
         for rev in list(revs):
             if rev in ancestors:
                 ui.warn(_('skipping ancestor revision %d:%s\n') %
                         (rev, repo[rev]))
                 # XXX remove on list is slow
                 revs.remove(rev)
         if not revs:
             return -1
 
         # analyze revs for earlier grafts
         ids = {}
         for ctx in repo.set("%ld", revs):
             ids[ctx.hex()] = ctx.rev()
             n = ctx.extra().get('source')
             if n:
                 ids[n] = ctx.rev()
 
         # check ancestors for earlier grafts
         ui.debug('scanning for duplicate grafts\n')
 
         for rev in repo.changelog.findmissingrevs(revs, [crev]):
             ctx = repo[rev]
             n = ctx.extra().get('source')
             if n in ids:
                 try:
                     r = repo[n].rev()
                 except error.RepoLookupError:
                     r = None
                 if r in revs:
                     ui.warn(_('skipping revision %d:%s '
                               '(already grafted to %d:%s)\n')
                             % (r, repo[r], rev, ctx))
                     revs.remove(r)
                 elif ids[n] in revs:
                     if r is None:
                         ui.warn(_('skipping already grafted revision %d:%s '
                                   '(%d:%s also has unknown origin %s)\n')
                                 % (ids[n], repo[ids[n]], rev, ctx, n[:12]))
                     else:
                         ui.warn(_('skipping already grafted revision %d:%s '
                                   '(%d:%s also has origin %d:%s)\n')
                                 % (ids[n], repo[ids[n]], rev, ctx, r, n[:12]))
                     revs.remove(ids[n])
             elif ctx.hex() in ids:
                 r = ids[ctx.hex()]
                 ui.warn(_('skipping already grafted revision %d:%s '
                           '(was grafted from %d:%s)\n') %
                         (r, repo[r], rev, ctx))
                 revs.remove(r)
         if not revs:
             return -1
 
     for pos, ctx in enumerate(repo.set("%ld", revs)):
         desc = '%d:%s "%s"' % (ctx.rev(), ctx,
                                ctx.description().split('\n', 1)[0])
         names = repo.nodetags(ctx.node()) + repo.nodebookmarks(ctx.node())
         if names:
             desc += ' (%s)' % ' '.join(names)
         ui.status(_('grafting %s\n') % desc)
         if opts.get('dry_run'):
             continue
 
         source = ctx.extra().get('source')
         extra = {}
         if source:
             extra['source'] = source
             extra['intermediate-source'] = ctx.hex()
         else:
             extra['source'] = ctx.hex()
         user = ctx.user()
         if opts.get('user'):
             user = opts['user']
         date = ctx.date()
         if opts.get('date'):
             date = opts['date']
         message = ctx.description()
         if opts.get('log'):
             message += '\n(grafted from %s)' % ctx.hex()
 
         # we don't merge the first commit when continuing
         if not cont:
             # perform the graft merge with p1(rev) as 'ancestor'
             try:
                 # ui.forcemerge is an internal variable, do not document
                 repo.ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', opts.get('tool', ''),
                                   'graft')
                 stats = mergemod.graft(repo, ctx, ctx.p1(),
                                        ['local', 'graft'])
             finally:
                 repo.ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', '', 'graft')
             # report any conflicts
             if stats and stats[3] > 0:
                 # write out state for --continue
                 nodelines = [repo[rev].hex() + "\n" for rev in revs[pos:]]
                 repo.vfs.write('graftstate', ''.join(nodelines))
                 extra = ''
                 if opts.get('user'):
                     extra += ' --user %s' % util.shellquote(opts['user'])
                 if opts.get('date'):
                     extra += ' --date %s' % util.shellquote(opts['date'])
                 if opts.get('log'):
                     extra += ' --log'
                 hint=_("use 'hg resolve' and 'hg graft --continue%s'") % extra
                 raise error.Abort(
                     _("unresolved conflicts, can't continue"),
                     hint=hint)
         else:
             cont = False
 
         # commit
         node = repo.commit(text=message, user=user,
                     date=date, extra=extra, editor=editor)
         if node is None:
             ui.warn(
                 _('note: graft of %d:%s created no changes to commit\n') %
                 (ctx.rev(), ctx))
 
     # remove state when we complete successfully
     if not opts.get('dry_run'):
         util.unlinkpath(repo.join('graftstate'), ignoremissing=True)
 
     return 0
 
 @command('grep',
     [('0', 'print0', None, _('end fields with NUL')),
     ('', 'all', None, _('print all revisions that match')),
     ('a', 'text', None, _('treat all files as text')),
     ('f', 'follow', None,
      _('follow changeset history,'
        ' or file history across copies and renames')),
     ('i', 'ignore-case', None, _('ignore case when matching')),
     ('l', 'files-with-matches', None,
      _('print only filenames and revisions that match')),
     ('n', 'line-number', None, _('print matching line numbers')),
     ('r', 'rev', [],
      _('only search files changed within revision range'), _('REV')),
     ('u', 'user', None, _('list the author (long with -v)')),
     ('d', 'date', None, _('list the date (short with -q)')),
     ] + formatteropts + walkopts,
     _('[OPTION]... PATTERN [FILE]...'),
     inferrepo=True)
 def grep(ui, repo, pattern, *pats, **opts):
     """search revision history for a pattern in specified files
 
     Search revision history for a regular expression in the specified
     files or the entire project.
 
     By default, grep prints the most recent revision number for each
     file in which it finds a match. To get it to print every revision
     that contains a change in match status ("-" for a match that becomes
     a non-match, or "+" for a non-match that becomes a match), use the
     --all flag.
 
     PATTERN can be any Python (roughly Perl-compatible) regular
     expression.
 
     If no FILEs are specified (and -f/--follow isn't set), all files in
     the repository are searched, including those that don't exist in the
     current branch or have been deleted in a prior changeset.
 
     Returns 0 if a match is found, 1 otherwise.
     """
     reflags = re.M
     if opts.get('ignore_case'):
         reflags |= re.I
     try:
         regexp = util.re.compile(pattern, reflags)
     except re.error as inst:
         ui.warn(_("grep: invalid match pattern: %s\n") % inst)
         return 1
     sep, eol = ':', '\n'
     if opts.get('print0'):
         sep = eol = '\0'
 
     getfile = util.lrucachefunc(repo.file)
 
     def matchlines(body):
         begin = 0
         linenum = 0
         while begin < len(body):
             match = regexp.search(body, begin)
             if not match:
                 break
             mstart, mend = match.span()
             linenum += body.count('\n', begin, mstart) + 1
             lstart = body.rfind('\n', begin, mstart) + 1 or begin
             begin = body.find('\n', mend) + 1 or len(body) + 1
             lend = begin - 1
             yield linenum, mstart - lstart, mend - lstart, body[lstart:lend]
 
     class linestate(object):
         def __init__(self, line, linenum, colstart, colend):
             self.line = line
             self.linenum = linenum
             self.colstart = colstart
             self.colend = colend
 
         def __hash__(self):
             return hash((self.linenum, self.line))
 
         def __eq__(self, other):
             return self.line == other.line
 
         def findpos(self):
             """Iterate all (start, end) indices of matches"""
             yield self.colstart, self.colend
             p = self.colend
             while p < len(self.line):
                 m = regexp.search(self.line, p)
                 if not m:
                     break
                 yield m.span()
                 p = m.end()
 
     matches = {}
     copies = {}
     def grepbody(fn, rev, body):
         matches[rev].setdefault(fn, [])
         m = matches[rev][fn]
         for lnum, cstart, cend, line in matchlines(body):
             s = linestate(line, lnum, cstart, cend)
             m.append(s)
 
     def difflinestates(a, b):
         sm = difflib.SequenceMatcher(None, a, b)
         for tag, alo, ahi, blo, bhi in sm.get_opcodes():
             if tag == 'insert':
                 for i in xrange(blo, bhi):
                     yield ('+', b[i])
             elif tag == 'delete':
                 for i in xrange(alo, ahi):
                     yield ('-', a[i])
             elif tag == 'replace':
                 for i in xrange(alo, ahi):
                     yield ('-', a[i])
                 for i in xrange(blo, bhi):
                     yield ('+', b[i])
 
     def display(fm, fn, ctx, pstates, states):
         rev = ctx.rev()
         if fm.isplain():
             formatuser = ui.shortuser
         else:
             formatuser = str
         if ui.quiet:
             datefmt = '%Y-%m-%d'
         else:
             datefmt = '%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Y %1%2'
         found = False
         @util.cachefunc
         def binary():
             flog = getfile(fn)
             return util.binary(flog.read(ctx.filenode(fn)))
 
         fieldnamemap = {'filename': 'file', 'linenumber': 'line_number'}
         if opts.get('all'):
             iter = difflinestates(pstates, states)
         else:
             iter = [('', l) for l in states]
         for change, l in iter:
             fm.startitem()
             fm.data(node=fm.hexfunc(ctx.node()))
             cols = [
                 ('filename', fn, True),
                 ('rev', rev, True),
                 ('linenumber', l.linenum, opts.get('line_number')),
             ]
             if opts.get('all'):
                 cols.append(('change', change, True))
             cols.extend([
                 ('user', formatuser(ctx.user()), opts.get('user')),
                 ('date', fm.formatdate(ctx.date(), datefmt), opts.get('date')),
             ])
             lastcol = next(name for name, data, cond in reversed(cols) if cond)
             for name, data, cond in cols:
                 field = fieldnamemap.get(name, name)
                 fm.condwrite(cond, field, '%s', data, label='grep.%s' % name)
                 if cond and name != lastcol:
                     fm.plain(sep, label='grep.sep')
             if not opts.get('files_with_matches'):
                 fm.plain(sep, label='grep.sep')
                 if not opts.get('text') and binary():
                     fm.plain(_(" Binary file matches"))
                 else:
                     displaymatches(fm.nested('texts'), l)
             fm.plain(eol)
             found = True
             if opts.get('files_with_matches'):
                 break
         return found
 
     def displaymatches(fm, l):
         p = 0
         for s, e in l.findpos():
             if p < s:
                 fm.startitem()
                 fm.write('text', '%s', l.line[p:s])
                 fm.data(matched=False)
             fm.startitem()
             fm.write('text', '%s', l.line[s:e], label='grep.match')
             fm.data(matched=True)
             p = e
         if p < len(l.line):
             fm.startitem()
             fm.write('text', '%s', l.line[p:])
             fm.data(matched=False)
         fm.end()
 
     skip = {}
     revfiles = {}
     matchfn = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts)
     found = False
     follow = opts.get('follow')
 
     def prep(ctx, fns):
         rev = ctx.rev()
         pctx = ctx.p1()
         parent = pctx.rev()
         matches.setdefault(rev, {})
         matches.setdefault(parent, {})
         files = revfiles.setdefault(rev, [])
         for fn in fns:
             flog = getfile(fn)
             try:
                 fnode = ctx.filenode(fn)
             except error.LookupError:
                 continue
 
             copied = flog.renamed(fnode)
             copy = follow and copied and copied[0]
             if copy:
                 copies.setdefault(rev, {})[fn] = copy
             if fn in skip:
                 if copy:
                     skip[copy] = True
                 continue
             files.append(fn)
 
             if fn not in matches[rev]:
                 grepbody(fn, rev, flog.read(fnode))
 
             pfn = copy or fn
             if pfn not in matches[parent]:
                 try:
                     fnode = pctx.filenode(pfn)
                     grepbody(pfn, parent, flog.read(fnode))
                 except error.LookupError:
                     pass
 
     ui.pager('grep')
     fm = ui.formatter('grep', opts)
     for ctx in cmdutil.walkchangerevs(repo, matchfn, opts, prep):
         rev = ctx.rev()
         parent = ctx.p1().rev()
         for fn in sorted(revfiles.get(rev, [])):
             states = matches[rev][fn]
             copy = copies.get(rev, {}).get(fn)
             if fn in skip:
                 if copy:
                     skip[copy] = True
                 continue
             pstates = matches.get(parent, {}).get(copy or fn, [])
             if pstates or states:
                 r = display(fm, fn, ctx, pstates, states)
                 found = found or r
                 if r and not opts.get('all'):
                     skip[fn] = True
                     if copy:
                         skip[copy] = True
         del matches[rev]
         del revfiles[rev]
     fm.end()
 
     return not found
 
 @command('heads',
     [('r', 'rev', '',
      _('show only heads which are descendants of STARTREV'), _('STARTREV')),
     ('t', 'topo', False, _('show topological heads only')),
     ('a', 'active', False, _('show active branchheads only (DEPRECATED)')),
     ('c', 'closed', False, _('show normal and closed branch heads')),
     ] + templateopts,
     _('[-ct] [-r STARTREV] [REV]...'))
 def heads(ui, repo, *branchrevs, **opts):
     """show branch heads
 
     With no arguments, show all open branch heads in the repository.
     Branch heads are changesets that have no descendants on the
     same branch. They are where development generally takes place and
     are the usual targets for update and merge operations.
 
     If one or more REVs are given, only open branch heads on the
     branches associated with the specified changesets are shown. This
     means that you can use :hg:`heads .` to see the heads on the
     currently checked-out branch.
 
     If -c/--closed is specified, also show branch heads marked closed
     (see :hg:`commit --close-branch`).
 
     If STARTREV is specified, only those heads that are descendants of
     STARTREV will be displayed.
 
     If -t/--topo is specified, named branch mechanics will be ignored and only
     topological heads (changesets with no children) will be shown.
 
     Returns 0 if matching heads are found, 1 if not.
     """
 
     start = None
     if 'rev' in opts:
         start = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts['rev'], None).node()
 
     if opts.get('topo'):
         heads = [repo[h] for h in repo.heads(start)]
     else:
         heads = []
         for branch in repo.branchmap():
             heads += repo.branchheads(branch, start, opts.get('closed'))
         heads = [repo[h] for h in heads]
 
     if branchrevs:
         branches = set(repo[br].branch() for br in branchrevs)
         heads = [h for h in heads if h.branch() in branches]
 
     if opts.get('active') and branchrevs:
         dagheads = repo.heads(start)
         heads = [h for h in heads if h.node() in dagheads]
 
     if branchrevs:
         haveheads = set(h.branch() for h in heads)
         if branches - haveheads:
             headless = ', '.join(b for b in branches - haveheads)
             msg = _('no open branch heads found on branches %s')
             if opts.get('rev'):
                 msg += _(' (started at %s)') % opts['rev']
             ui.warn((msg + '\n') % headless)
 
     if not heads:
         return 1
 
     heads = sorted(heads, key=lambda x: -x.rev())
     displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, opts)
     for ctx in heads:
         displayer.show(ctx)
     displayer.close()
 
 @command('help',
     [('e', 'extension', None, _('show only help for extensions')),
      ('c', 'command', None, _('show only help for commands')),
      ('k', 'keyword', None, _('show topics matching keyword')),
      ('s', 'system', [], _('show help for specific platform(s)')),
      ],
     _('[-ecks] [TOPIC]'),
     norepo=True)
 def help_(ui, name=None, **opts):
     """show help for a given topic or a help overview
 
     With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages.
 
     Given a topic, extension, or command name, print help for that
     topic.
 
     Returns 0 if successful.
     """
 
     keep = opts.get('system') or []
     if len(keep) == 0:
         if pycompat.sysplatform.startswith('win'):
             keep.append('windows')
         elif pycompat.sysplatform == 'OpenVMS':
             keep.append('vms')
         elif pycompat.sysplatform == 'plan9':
             keep.append('plan9')
         else:
             keep.append('unix')
             keep.append(pycompat.sysplatform.lower())
     if ui.verbose:
         keep.append('verbose')
 
     formatted = help.formattedhelp(ui, name, keep=keep, **opts)
     ui.pager('help')
     ui.write(formatted)
 
 
 @command('identify|id',
     [('r', 'rev', '',
      _('identify the specified revision'), _('REV')),
     ('n', 'num', None, _('show local revision number')),
     ('i', 'id', None, _('show global revision id')),
     ('b', 'branch', None, _('show branch')),
     ('t', 'tags', None, _('show tags')),
     ('B', 'bookmarks', None, _('show bookmarks')),
     ] + remoteopts,
     _('[-nibtB] [-r REV] [SOURCE]'),
     optionalrepo=True)
 def identify(ui, repo, source=None, rev=None,
              num=None, id=None, branch=None, tags=None, bookmarks=None, **opts):
     """identify the working directory or specified revision
 
     Print a summary identifying the repository state at REV using one or
     two parent hash identifiers, followed by a "+" if the working
     directory has uncommitted changes, the branch name (if not default),
     a list of tags, and a list of bookmarks.
 
     When REV is not given, print a summary of the current state of the
     repository.
 
     Specifying a path to a repository root or Mercurial bundle will
     cause lookup to operate on that repository/bundle.
 
     .. container:: verbose
 
       Examples:
 
       - generate a build identifier for the working directory::
 
           hg id --id > build-id.dat
 
       - find the revision corresponding to a tag::
 
           hg id -n -r 1.3
 
       - check the most recent revision of a remote repository::
 
           hg id -r tip https://www.mercurial-scm.org/repo/hg/
 
     See :hg:`log` for generating more information about specific revisions,
     including full hash identifiers.
 
     Returns 0 if successful.
     """
 
     if not repo and not source:
         raise error.Abort(_("there is no Mercurial repository here "
                            "(.hg not found)"))
 
     if ui.debugflag:
         hexfunc = hex
     else:
         hexfunc = short
     default = not (num or id or branch or tags or bookmarks)
     output = []
     revs = []
 
     if source:
         source, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath(source))
         peer = hg.peer(repo or ui, opts, source) # only pass ui when no repo
         repo = peer.local()
         revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, peer, branches, None)
 
     if not repo:
         if num or branch or tags:
             raise error.Abort(
                 _("can't query remote revision number, branch, or tags"))
         if not rev and revs:
             rev = revs[0]
         if not rev:
             rev = "tip"
 
         remoterev = peer.lookup(rev)
         if default or id:
             output = [hexfunc(remoterev)]
 
         def getbms():
             bms = []
 
             if 'bookmarks' in peer.listkeys('namespaces'):
                 hexremoterev = hex(remoterev)
                 bms = [bm for bm, bmr in peer.listkeys('bookmarks').iteritems()
                        if bmr == hexremoterev]
 
             return sorted(bms)
 
         if bookmarks:
             output.extend(getbms())
         elif default and not ui.quiet:
             # multiple bookmarks for a single parent separated by '/'
             bm = '/'.join(getbms())
             if bm:
                 output.append(bm)
     else:
         ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev, None)
 
         if ctx.rev() is None:
             ctx = repo[None]
             parents = ctx.parents()
             taglist = []
             for p in parents:
                 taglist.extend(p.tags())
 
             changed = ""
             if default or id or num:
                 if (any(repo.status())
                     or any(ctx.sub(s).dirty() for s in ctx.substate)):
                     changed = '+'
             if default or id:
                 output = ["%s%s" %
                   ('+'.join([hexfunc(p.node()) for p in parents]), changed)]
             if num:
                 output.append("%s%s" %
                   ('+'.join([str(p.rev()) for p in parents]), changed))
         else:
             if default or id:
                 output = [hexfunc(ctx.node())]
             if num:
                 output.append(str(ctx.rev()))
             taglist = ctx.tags()
 
         if default and not ui.quiet:
             b = ctx.branch()
             if b != 'default':
                 output.append("(%s)" % b)
 
             # multiple tags for a single parent separated by '/'
             t = '/'.join(taglist)
             if t:
                 output.append(t)
 
             # multiple bookmarks for a single parent separated by '/'
             bm = '/'.join(ctx.bookmarks())
             if bm:
                 output.append(bm)
         else:
             if branch:
                 output.append(ctx.branch())
 
             if tags:
                 output.extend(taglist)
 
             if bookmarks:
                 output.extend(ctx.bookmarks())
 
     ui.write("%s\n" % ' '.join(output))
 
 @command('import|patch',
     [('p', 'strip', 1,
      _('directory strip option for patch. This has the same '
        'meaning as the corresponding patch option'), _('NUM')),
     ('b', 'base', '', _('base path (DEPRECATED)'), _('PATH')),
     ('e', 'edit', False, _('invoke editor on commit messages')),
     ('f', 'force', None,
      _('skip check for outstanding uncommitted changes (DEPRECATED)')),
     ('', 'no-commit', None,
      _("don't commit, just update the working directory")),
     ('', 'bypass', None,
      _("apply patch without touching the working directory")),
     ('', 'partial', None,
      _('commit even if some hunks fail')),
     ('', 'exact', None,
      _('abort if patch would apply lossily')),
     ('', 'prefix', '',
      _('apply patch to subdirectory'), _('DIR')),
     ('', 'import-branch', None,
      _('use any branch information in patch (implied by --exact)'))] +
     commitopts + commitopts2 + similarityopts,
     _('[OPTION]... PATCH...'))
 def import_(ui, repo, patch1=None, *patches, **opts):
     """import an ordered set of patches
 
     Import a list of patches and commit them individually (unless
     --no-commit is specified).
 
     To read a patch from standard input (stdin), use "-" as the patch
     name. If a URL is specified, the patch will be downloaded from
     there.
 
     Import first applies changes to the working directory (unless
     --bypass is specified), import will abort if there are outstanding
     changes.
 
     Use --bypass to apply and commit patches directly to the
     repository, without affecting the working directory. Without
     --exact, patches will be applied on top of the working directory
     parent revision.
 
     You can import a patch straight from a mail message. Even patches
     as attachments work (to use the body part, it must have type
     text/plain or text/x-patch). From and Subject headers of email
     message are used as default committer and commit message. All
     text/plain body parts before first diff are added to the commit
     message.
 
     If the imported patch was generated by :hg:`export`, user and
     description from patch override values from message headers and
     body. Values given on command line with -m/--message and -u/--user
     override these.
 
     If --exact is specified, import will set the working directory to
     the parent of each patch before applying it, and will abort if the
     resulting changeset has a different ID than the one recorded in
     the patch. This will guard against various ways that portable
     patch formats and mail systems might fail to transfer Mercurial
     data or metadata. See :hg:`bundle` for lossless transmission.
 
     Use --partial to ensure a changeset will be created from the patch
     even if some hunks fail to apply. Hunks that fail to apply will be
     written to a <target-file>.rej file. Conflicts can then be resolved
     by hand before :hg:`commit --amend` is run to update the created
     changeset. This flag exists to let people import patches that
     partially apply without losing the associated metadata (author,
     date, description, ...).
 
     .. note::
 
        When no hunks apply cleanly, :hg:`import --partial` will create
        an empty changeset, importing only the patch metadata.
 
     With -s/--similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and
     copies in the patch in the same way as :hg:`addremove`.
 
     It is possible to use external patch programs to perform the patch
     by setting the ``ui.patch`` configuration option. For the default
     internal tool, the fuzz can also be configured via ``patch.fuzz``.
     See :hg:`help config` for more information about configuration
     files and how to use these options.
 
     See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.
 
     .. container:: verbose
 
       Examples:
 
       - import a traditional patch from a website and detect renames::
 
           hg import -s 80 http://example.com/bugfix.patch
 
       - import a changeset from an hgweb server::
 
           hg import https://www.mercurial-scm.org/repo/hg/rev/5ca8c111e9aa
 
       - import all the patches in an Unix-style mbox::
 
           hg import incoming-patches.mbox
 
       - import patches from stdin::
 
           hg import -
 
       - attempt to exactly restore an exported changeset (not always
         possible)::
 
           hg import --exact proposed-fix.patch
 
       - use an external tool to apply a patch which is too fuzzy for
         the default internal tool.
 
           hg import --config ui.patch="patch --merge" fuzzy.patch
 
       - change the default fuzzing from 2 to a less strict 7
 
           hg import --config ui.fuzz=7 fuzz.patch
 
     Returns 0 on success, 1 on partial success (see --partial).
     """
 
     if not patch1:
         raise error.Abort(_('need at least one patch to import'))
 
     patches = (patch1,) + patches
 
     date = opts.get('date')
     if date:
         opts['date'] = util.parsedate(date)
 
     exact = opts.get('exact')
     update = not opts.get('bypass')
     if not update and opts.get('no_commit'):
         raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --no-commit with --bypass'))
     try:
         sim = float(opts.get('similarity') or 0)
     except ValueError:
         raise error.Abort(_('similarity must be a number'))
     if sim < 0 or sim > 100:
         raise error.Abort(_('similarity must be between 0 and 100'))
     if sim and not update:
         raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --similarity with --bypass'))
     if exact:
         if opts.get('edit'):
             raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --exact with --edit'))
         if opts.get('prefix'):
             raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --exact with --prefix'))
 
     base = opts["base"]
     wlock = dsguard = lock = tr = None
     msgs = []
     ret = 0
 
 
     try:
         wlock = repo.wlock()
 
         if update:
             cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo)
             if (exact or not opts.get('force')):
                 cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo)
 
         if not opts.get('no_commit'):
             lock = repo.lock()
             tr = repo.transaction('import')
         else:
             dsguard = dirstateguard.dirstateguard(repo, 'import')
         parents = repo[None].parents()
         for patchurl in patches:
             if patchurl == '-':
                 ui.status(_('applying patch from stdin\n'))
                 patchfile = ui.fin
                 patchurl = 'stdin'      # for error message
             else:
                 patchurl = os.path.join(base, patchurl)
                 ui.status(_('applying %s\n') % patchurl)
                 patchfile = hg.openpath(ui, patchurl)
 
             haspatch = False
             for hunk in patch.split(patchfile):
                 (msg, node, rej) = cmdutil.tryimportone(ui, repo, hunk,
                                                         parents, opts,
                                                         msgs, hg.clean)
                 if msg:
                     haspatch = True
                     ui.note(msg + '\n')
                 if update or exact:
                     parents = repo[None].parents()
                 else:
                     parents = [repo[node]]
                 if rej:
                     ui.write_err(_("patch applied partially\n"))
                     ui.write_err(_("(fix the .rej files and run "
                                    "`hg commit --amend`)\n"))
                     ret = 1
                     break
 
             if not haspatch:
                 raise error.Abort(_('%s: no diffs found') % patchurl)
 
         if tr:
             tr.close()
         if msgs:
             repo.savecommitmessage('\n* * *\n'.join(msgs))
         if dsguard:
             dsguard.close()
         return ret
     finally:
         if tr:
             tr.release()
         release(lock, dsguard, wlock)
 
 @command('incoming|in',
     [('f', 'force', None,
      _('run even if remote repository is unrelated')),
     ('n', 'newest-first', None, _('show newest record first')),
     ('', 'bundle', '',
      _('file to store the bundles into'), _('FILE')),
     ('r', 'rev', [], _('a remote changeset intended to be added'), _('REV')),
     ('B', 'bookmarks', False, _("compare bookmarks")),
     ('b', 'branch', [],
      _('a specific branch you would like to pull'), _('BRANCH')),
     ] + logopts + remoteopts + subrepoopts,
     _('[-p] [-n] [-M] [-f] [-r REV]... [--bundle FILENAME] [SOURCE]'))
 def incoming(ui, repo, source="default", **opts):
     """show new changesets found in source
 
     Show new changesets found in the specified path/URL or the default
     pull location. These are the changesets that would have been pulled
     if a pull at the time you issued this command.
 
     See pull for valid source format details.
 
     .. container:: verbose
 
       With -B/--bookmarks, the result of bookmark comparison between
       local and remote repositories is displayed. With -v/--verbose,
       status is also displayed for each bookmark like below::
 
         BM1               01234567890a added
         BM2               1234567890ab advanced
         BM3               234567890abc diverged
         BM4               34567890abcd changed
 
       The action taken locally when pulling depends on the
       status of each bookmark:
 
       :``added``: pull will create it
       :``advanced``: pull will update it
       :``diverged``: pull will create a divergent bookmark
       :``changed``: result depends on remote changesets
 
       From the point of view of pulling behavior, bookmark
       existing only in the remote repository are treated as ``added``,
       even if it is in fact locally deleted.
 
     .. container:: verbose
 
       For remote repository, using --bundle avoids downloading the
       changesets twice if the incoming is followed by a pull.
 
       Examples:
 
       - show incoming changes with patches and full description::
 
           hg incoming -vp
 
       - show incoming changes excluding merges, store a bundle::
 
           hg in -vpM --bundle incoming.hg
           hg pull incoming.hg
 
       - briefly list changes inside a bundle::
 
           hg in changes.hg -T "{desc|firstline}\\n"
 
     Returns 0 if there are incoming changes, 1 otherwise.
     """
     if opts.get('graph'):
         cmdutil.checkunsupportedgraphflags([], opts)
         def display(other, chlist, displayer):
             revdag = cmdutil.graphrevs(other, chlist, opts)
             cmdutil.displaygraph(ui, repo, revdag, displayer,
                                  graphmod.asciiedges)
 
         hg._incoming(display, lambda: 1, ui, repo, source, opts, buffered=True)
         return 0
 
     if opts.get('bundle') and opts.get('subrepos'):
         raise error.Abort(_('cannot combine --bundle and --subrepos'))
 
     if opts.get('bookmarks'):
         source, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath(source),
                                        opts.get('branch'))
         other = hg.peer(repo, opts, source)
         if 'bookmarks' not in other.listkeys('namespaces'):
             ui.warn(_("remote doesn't support bookmarks\n"))
             return 0
         ui.pager('incoming')
         ui.status(_('comparing with %s\n') % util.hidepassword(source))
         return bookmarks.incoming(ui, repo, other)
 
     repo._subtoppath = ui.expandpath(source)
     try:
         return hg.incoming(ui, repo, source, opts)
     finally:
         del repo._subtoppath
 
 
 @command('^init', remoteopts, _('[-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [DEST]'),
          norepo=True)
 def init(ui, dest=".", **opts):
     """create a new repository in the given directory
 
     Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given
     directory does not exist, it will be created.
 
     If no directory is given, the current directory is used.
 
     It is possible to specify an ``ssh://`` URL as the destination.
     See :hg:`help urls` for more information.
 
     Returns 0 on success.
     """
     hg.peer(ui, opts, ui.expandpath(dest), create=True)
 
 @command('locate',
     [('r', 'rev', '', _('search the repository as it is in REV'), _('REV')),
     ('0', 'print0', None, _('end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs')),
     ('f', 'fullpath', None, _('print complete paths from the filesystem root')),
     ] + walkopts,
     _('[OPTION]... [PATTERN]...'))
 def locate(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
     """locate files matching specific patterns (DEPRECATED)
 
     Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory whose
     names match the given patterns.
 
     By default, this command searches all directories in the working
     directory. To search just the current directory and its
     subdirectories, use "--include .".
 
     If no patterns are given to match, this command prints the names
     of all files under Mercurial control in the working directory.
 
     If you want to feed the output of this command into the "xargs"
     command, use the -0 option to both this command and "xargs". This
     will avoid the problem of "xargs" treating single filenames that
     contain whitespace as multiple filenames.
 
     See :hg:`help files` for a more versatile command.
 
     Returns 0 if a match is found, 1 otherwise.
     """
     if opts.get('print0'):
         end = '\0'
     else:
         end = '\n'
     rev = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev'), None).node()
 
     ret = 1
     ctx = repo[rev]
     m = scmutil.match(ctx, pats, opts, default='relglob',
                       badfn=lambda x, y: False)
 
     ui.pager('locate')
     for abs in ctx.matches(m):
         if opts.get('fullpath'):
             ui.write(repo.wjoin(abs), end)
         else:
             ui.write(((pats and m.rel(abs)) or abs), end)
         ret = 0
 
     return ret
 
 @command('^log|history',
     [('f', 'follow', None,
      _('follow changeset history, or file history across copies and renames')),
     ('', 'follow-first', None,
      _('only follow the first parent of merge changesets (DEPRECATED)')),
     ('d', 'date', '', _('show revisions matching date spec'), _('DATE')),
     ('C', 'copies', None, _('show copied files')),
     ('k', 'keyword', [],
      _('do case-insensitive search for a given text'), _('TEXT')),
     ('r', 'rev', [], _('show the specified revision or revset'), _('REV')),
     ('', 'removed', None, _('include revisions where files were removed')),
     ('m', 'only-merges', None, _('show only merges (DEPRECATED)')),
     ('u', 'user', [], _('revisions committed by user'), _('USER')),
     ('', 'only-branch', [],
      _('show only changesets within the given named branch (DEPRECATED)'),
      _('BRANCH')),
     ('b', 'branch', [],
      _('show changesets within the given named branch'), _('BRANCH')),
     ('P', 'prune', [],
      _('do not display revision or any of its ancestors'), _('REV')),
     ] + logopts + walkopts,
     _('[OPTION]... [FILE]'),
     inferrepo=True)
 def log(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
     """show revision history of entire repository or files
 
     Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire
     project.
 
     If no revision range is specified, the default is ``tip:0`` unless
     --follow is set, in which case the working directory parent is
     used as the starting revision.
 
     File history is shown without following rename or copy history of
     files. Use -f/--follow with a filename to follow history across
     renames and copies. --follow without a filename will only show
     ancestors or descendants of the starting revision.
 
     By default this command prints revision number and changeset id,
     tags, non-trivial parents, user, date and time, and a summary for
     each commit. When the -v/--verbose switch is used, the list of
     changed files and full commit message are shown.
 
     With --graph the revisions are shown as an ASCII art DAG with the most
     recent changeset at the top.
     'o' is a changeset, '@' is a working directory parent, 'x' is obsolete,
     and '+' represents a fork where the changeset from the lines below is a
     parent of the 'o' merge on the same line.
 
     .. note::
 
        :hg:`log --patch` may generate unexpected diff output for merge
        changesets, as it will only compare the merge changeset against
        its first parent. Also, only files different from BOTH parents
        will appear in files:.
 
     .. note::
 
        For performance reasons, :hg:`log FILE` may omit duplicate changes
        made on branches and will not show removals or mode changes. To
        see all such changes, use the --removed switch.
 
     .. container:: verbose
 
       Some examples:
 
       - changesets with full descriptions and file lists::
 
           hg log -v
 
       - changesets ancestral to the working directory::
 
           hg log -f
 
       - last 10 commits on the current branch::
 
           hg log -l 10 -b .
 
       - changesets showing all modifications of a file, including removals::
 
           hg log --removed file.c
 
       - all changesets that touch a directory, with diffs, excluding merges::
 
           hg log -Mp lib/
 
       - all revision numbers that match a keyword::
 
           hg log -k bug --template "{rev}\\n"
 
       - the full hash identifier of the working directory parent::
 
           hg log -r . --template "{node}\\n"
 
       - list available log templates::
 
           hg log -T list
 
       - check if a given changeset is included in a tagged release::
 
           hg log -r "a21ccf and ancestor(1.9)"
 
       - find all changesets by some user in a date range::
 
           hg log -k alice -d "may 2008 to jul 2008"
 
       - summary of all changesets after the last tag::
 
           hg log -r "last(tagged())::" --template "{desc|firstline}\\n"
 
     See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.
 
     See :hg:`help revisions` for more about specifying and ordering
     revisions.
 
     See :hg:`help templates` for more about pre-packaged styles and
     specifying custom templates.
 
     Returns 0 on success.
 
     """
     if opts.get('follow') and opts.get('rev'):
         opts['rev'] = [revsetlang.formatspec('reverse(::%lr)', opts.get('rev'))]
         del opts['follow']
 
     if opts.get('graph'):
         return cmdutil.graphlog(ui, repo, *pats, **opts)
 
     revs, expr, filematcher = cmdutil.getlogrevs(repo, pats, opts)
     limit = cmdutil.loglimit(opts)
     count = 0
 
     getrenamed = None
     if opts.get('copies'):
         endrev = None
         if opts.get('rev'):
             endrev = scmutil.revrange(repo, opts.get('rev')).max() + 1
         getrenamed = templatekw.getrenamedfn(repo, endrev=endrev)
 
     ui.pager('log')
     displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, opts, buffered=True)
     for rev in revs:
         if count == limit:
             break
         ctx = repo[rev]
         copies = None
         if getrenamed is not None and rev:
             copies = []
             for fn in ctx.files():
                 rename = getrenamed(fn, rev)
                 if rename:
                     copies.append((fn, rename[0]))
         if filematcher:
             revmatchfn = filematcher(ctx.rev())
         else:
             revmatchfn = None
         displayer.show(ctx, copies=copies, matchfn=revmatchfn)
         if displayer.flush(ctx):
             count += 1
 
     displayer.close()
 
 @command('manifest',
     [('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to display'), _('REV')),
      ('', 'all', False, _("list files from all revisions"))]
          + formatteropts,
     _('[-r REV]'))
 def manifest(ui, repo, node=None, rev=None, **opts):
     """output the current or given revision of the project manifest
 
     Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision.
     If no revision is given, the first parent of the working directory
     is used, or the null revision if no revision is checked out.
 
     With -v, print file permissions, symlink and executable bits.
     With --debug, print file revision hashes.
 
     If option --all is specified, the list of all files from all revisions
     is printed. This includes deleted and renamed files.
 
     Returns 0 on success.
     """
     fm = ui.formatter('manifest', opts)
 
     if opts.get('all'):
         if rev or node:
             raise error.Abort(_("can't specify a revision with --all"))
 
         res = []
         prefix = "data/"
         suffix = ".i"
         plen = len(prefix)
         slen = len(suffix)
         with repo.lock():
             for fn, b, size in repo.store.datafiles():
                 if size != 0 and fn[-slen:] == suffix and fn[:plen] == prefix:
                     res.append(fn[plen:-slen])
         ui.pager('manifest')
         for f in res:
             fm.startitem()
             fm.write("path", '%s\n', f)
         fm.end()
         return
 
     if rev and node:
         raise error.Abort(_("please specify just one revision"))
 
     if not node:
         node = rev
 
     char = {'l': '@', 'x': '*', '': ''}
     mode = {'l': '644', 'x': '755', '': '644'}
     ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, node)
     mf = ctx.manifest()
     ui.pager('manifest')
     for f in ctx:
         fm.startitem()
         fl = ctx[f].flags()
         fm.condwrite(ui.debugflag, 'hash', '%s ', hex(mf[f]))
         fm.condwrite(ui.verbose, 'mode type', '%s %1s ', mode[fl], char[fl])
         fm.write('path', '%s\n', f)
     fm.end()
 
 @command('^merge',
     [('f', 'force', None,
       _('force a merge including outstanding changes (DEPRECATED)')),
     ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to merge'), _('REV')),
     ('P', 'preview', None,
      _('review revisions to merge (no merge is performed)'))
      ] + mergetoolopts,
     _('[-P] [[-r] REV]'))
 def merge(ui, repo, node=None, **opts):
     """merge another revision into working directory
 
     The current working directory is updated with all changes made in
     the requested revision since the last common predecessor revision.
 
     Files that changed between either parent are marked as changed for
     the next commit and a commit must be performed before any further
     updates to the repository are allowed. The next commit will have
     two parents.
 
     ``--tool`` can be used to specify the merge tool used for file
     merges. It overrides the HGMERGE environment variable and your
     configuration files. See :hg:`help merge-tools` for options.
 
     If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a
     head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other
     head, the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an
     explicit revision with which to merge with must be provided.
 
     See :hg:`help resolve` for information on handling file conflicts.
 
     To undo an uncommitted merge, use :hg:`update --clean .` which
     will check out a clean copy of the original merge parent, losing
     all changes.
 
     Returns 0 on success, 1 if there are unresolved files.
     """
 
     if opts.get('rev') and node:
         raise error.Abort(_("please specify just one revision"))
     if not node:
         node = opts.get('rev')
 
     if node:
         node = scmutil.revsingle(repo, node).node()
 
     if not node:
         node = repo[destutil.destmerge(repo)].node()
 
     if opts.get('preview'):
         # find nodes that are ancestors of p2 but not of p1
         p1 = repo.lookup('.')
         p2 = repo.lookup(node)
         nodes = repo.changelog.findmissing(common=[p1], heads=[p2])
 
         displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, opts)
         for node in nodes:
             displayer.show(repo[node])
         displayer.close()
         return 0
 
     try:
         # ui.forcemerge is an internal variable, do not document
         repo.ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', opts.get('tool', ''), 'merge')
         force = opts.get('force')
         labels = ['working copy', 'merge rev']
         return hg.merge(repo, node, force=force, mergeforce=force,
                         labels=labels)
     finally:
         ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', '', 'merge')
 
 @command('outgoing|out',
     [('f', 'force', None, _('run even when the destination is unrelated')),
     ('r', 'rev', [],
      _('a changeset intended to be included in the destination'), _('REV')),
     ('n', 'newest-first', None, _('show newest record first')),
     ('B', 'bookmarks', False, _('compare bookmarks')),
     ('b', 'branch', [], _('a specific branch you would like to push'),
      _('BRANCH')),
     ] + logopts + remoteopts + subrepoopts,
     _('[-M] [-p] [-n] [-f] [-r REV]... [DEST]'))
 def outgoing(ui, repo, dest=None, **opts):
     """show changesets not found in the destination
 
     Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository
     or the default push location. These are the changesets that would
     be pushed if a push was requested.
 
     See pull for details of valid destination formats.
 
     .. container:: verbose
 
       With -B/--bookmarks, the result of bookmark comparison between
       local and remote repositories is displayed. With -v/--verbose,
       status is also displayed for each bookmark like below::
 
         BM1               01234567890a added
         BM2                            deleted
         BM3               234567890abc advanced
         BM4               34567890abcd diverged
         BM5               4567890abcde changed
 
       The action taken when pushing depends on the
       status of each bookmark:
 
       :``added``: push with ``-B`` will create it
       :``deleted``: push with ``-B`` will delete it
       :``advanced``: push will update it
       :``diverged``: push with ``-B`` will update it
       :``changed``: push with ``-B`` will update it
 
       From the point of view of pushing behavior, bookmarks
       existing only in the remote repository are treated as
       ``deleted``, even if it is in fact added remotely.
 
     Returns 0 if there are outgoing changes, 1 otherwise.
     """
     if opts.get('graph'):
         cmdutil.checkunsupportedgraphflags([], opts)
         o, other = hg._outgoing(ui, repo, dest, opts)
         if not o:
             cmdutil.outgoinghooks(ui, repo, other, opts, o)
             return
 
         revdag = cmdutil.graphrevs(repo, o, opts)
         ui.pager('outgoing')
         displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, opts, buffered=True)
         cmdutil.displaygraph(ui, repo, revdag, displayer, graphmod.asciiedges)
         cmdutil.outgoinghooks(ui, repo, other, opts, o)
         return 0
 
     if opts.get('bookmarks'):
         dest = ui.expandpath(dest or 'default-push', dest or 'default')
         dest, branches = hg.parseurl(dest, opts.get('branch'))
         other = hg.peer(repo, opts, dest)
         if 'bookmarks' not in other.listkeys('namespaces'):
             ui.warn(_("remote doesn't support bookmarks\n"))
             return 0
         ui.status(_('comparing with %s\n') % util.hidepassword(dest))
         ui.pager('outgoing')
         return bookmarks.outgoing(ui, repo, other)
 
     repo._subtoppath = ui.expandpath(dest or 'default-push', dest or 'default')
     try:
         return hg.outgoing(ui, repo, dest, opts)
     finally:
         del repo._subtoppath
 
 @command('parents',
     [('r', 'rev', '', _('show parents of the specified revision'), _('REV')),
     ] + templateopts,
     _('[-r REV] [FILE]'),
     inferrepo=True)
 def parents(ui, repo, file_=None, **opts):
     """show the parents of the working directory or revision (DEPRECATED)
 
     Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a revision is
     given via -r/--rev, the parent of that revision will be printed.
     If a file argument is given, the revision in which the file was
     last changed (before the working directory revision or the
     argument to --rev if given) is printed.
 
     This command is equivalent to::
 
         hg log -r "p1()+p2()" or
         hg log -r "p1(REV)+p2(REV)" or
         hg log -r "max(::p1() and file(FILE))+max(::p2() and file(FILE))" or
         hg log -r "max(::p1(REV) and file(FILE))+max(::p2(REV) and file(FILE))"
 
     See :hg:`summary` and :hg:`help revsets` for related information.
 
     Returns 0 on success.
     """
 
     ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev'), None)
 
     if file_:
         m = scmutil.match(ctx, (file_,), opts)
         if m.anypats() or len(m.files()) != 1:
             raise error.Abort(_('can only specify an explicit filename'))
         file_ = m.files()[0]
         filenodes = []
         for cp in ctx.parents():
             if not cp:
                 continue
             try:
                 filenodes.append(cp.filenode(file_))
             except error.LookupError:
                 pass
         if not filenodes:
             raise error.Abort(_("'%s' not found in manifest!") % file_)
         p = []
         for fn in filenodes:
             fctx = repo.filectx(file_, fileid=fn)
             p.append(fctx.node())
     else:
         p = [cp.node() for cp in ctx.parents()]
 
     displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, opts)
     for n in p:
         if n != nullid:
             displayer.show(repo[n])
     displayer.close()
 
 @command('paths', formatteropts, _('[NAME]'), optionalrepo=True)
 def paths(ui, repo, search=None, **opts):
     """show aliases for remote repositories
 
     Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given,
     show definition of all available names.
 
     Option -q/--quiet suppresses all output when searching for NAME
     and shows only the path names when listing all definitions.
 
     Path names are defined in the [paths] section of your
     configuration file and in ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. If run inside a
     repository, ``.hg/hgrc`` is used, too.
 
     The path names ``default`` and ``default-push`` have a special
     meaning.  When performing a push or pull operation, they are used
     as fallbacks if no location is specified on the command-line.
     When ``default-push`` is set, it will be used for push and
     ``default`` will be used for pull; otherwise ``default`` is used
     as the fallback for both.  When cloning a repository, the clone
     source is written as ``default`` in ``.hg/hgrc``.
 
     .. note::
 
        ``default`` and ``default-push`` apply to all inbound (e.g.
        :hg:`incoming`) and outbound (e.g. :hg:`outgoing`, :hg:`email`
        and :hg:`bundle`) operations.
 
     See :hg:`help urls` for more information.
 
     Returns 0 on success.
     """
     ui.pager('paths')
     if search:
         pathitems = [(name, path) for name, path in ui.paths.iteritems()
                      if name == search]
     else:
         pathitems = sorted(ui.paths.iteritems())
 
     fm = ui.formatter('paths', opts)
     if fm.isplain():
         hidepassword = util.hidepassword
     else:
         hidepassword = str
     if ui.quiet:
         namefmt = '%s\n'
     else:
         namefmt = '%s = '
     showsubopts = not search and not ui.quiet
 
     for name, path in pathitems:
         fm.startitem()
         fm.condwrite(not search, 'name', namefmt, name)
         fm.condwrite(not ui.quiet, 'url', '%s\n', hidepassword(path.rawloc))
         for subopt, value in sorted(path.suboptions.items()):
             assert subopt not in ('name', 'url')
             if showsubopts:
                 fm.plain('%s:%s = ' % (name, subopt))
             fm.condwrite(showsubopts, subopt, '%s\n', value)
 
     fm.end()
 
     if search and not pathitems:
         if not ui.quiet:
             ui.warn(_("not found!\n"))
         return 1
     else:
         return 0
 
 @command('phase',
     [('p', 'public', False, _('set changeset phase to public')),
      ('d', 'draft', False, _('set changeset phase to draft')),
      ('s', 'secret', False, _('set changeset phase to secret')),
      ('f', 'force', False, _('allow to move boundary backward')),
      ('r', 'rev', [], _('target revision'), _('REV')),
     ],
     _('[-p|-d|-s] [-f] [-r] [REV...]'))
 def phase(ui, repo, *revs, **opts):
     """set or show the current phase name
 
     With no argument, show the phase name of the current revision(s).
 
     With one of -p/--public, -d/--draft or -s/--secret, change the
     phase value of the specified revisions.
 
     Unless -f/--force is specified, :hg:`phase` won't move changeset from a
     lower phase to an higher phase. Phases are ordered as follows::
 
         public < draft < secret
 
     Returns 0 on success, 1 if some phases could not be changed.
 
     (For more information about the phases concept, see :hg:`help phases`.)
     """
     # search for a unique phase argument
     targetphase = None
     for idx, name in enumerate(phases.phasenames):
         if opts[name]:
             if targetphase is not None:
                 raise error.Abort(_('only one phase can be specified'))
             targetphase = idx
 
     # look for specified revision
     revs = list(revs)
     revs.extend(opts['rev'])
     if not revs:
         # display both parents as the second parent phase can influence
         # the phase of a merge commit
         revs = [c.rev() for c in repo[None].parents()]
 
     revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, revs)
 
     lock = None
     ret = 0
     if targetphase is None:
         # display
         for r in revs:
             ctx = repo[r]
             ui.write('%i: %s\n' % (ctx.rev(), ctx.phasestr()))
     else:
         tr = None
         lock = repo.lock()
         try:
             tr = repo.transaction("phase")
             # set phase
             if not revs:
                 raise error.Abort(_('empty revision set'))
             nodes = [repo[r].node() for r in revs]
             # moving revision from public to draft may hide them
             # We have to check result on an unfiltered repository
             unfi = repo.unfiltered()
             getphase = unfi._phasecache.phase
             olddata = [getphase(unfi, r) for r in unfi]
             phases.advanceboundary(repo, tr, targetphase, nodes)
             if opts['force']:
                 phases.retractboundary(repo, tr, targetphase, nodes)
             tr.close()
         finally:
             if tr is not None:
                 tr.release()
             lock.release()
         getphase = unfi._phasecache.phase
         newdata = [getphase(unfi, r) for r in unfi]
         changes = sum(newdata[r] != olddata[r] for r in unfi)
         cl = unfi.changelog
         rejected = [n for n in nodes
                     if newdata[cl.rev(n)] < targetphase]
         if rejected:
             ui.warn(_('cannot move %i changesets to a higher '
                       'phase, use --force\n') % len(rejected))
             ret = 1
         if changes:
             msg = _('phase changed for %i changesets\n') % changes
             if ret:
                 ui.status(msg)
             else:
                 ui.note(msg)
         else:
             ui.warn(_('no phases changed\n'))
     return ret
 
 def postincoming(ui, repo, modheads, optupdate, checkout, brev):
     """Run after a changegroup has been added via pull/unbundle
 
     This takes arguments below:
 
     :modheads: change of heads by pull/unbundle
     :optupdate: updating working directory is needed or not
     :checkout: update destination revision (or None to default destination)
     :brev: a name, which might be a bookmark to be activated after updating
     """
     if modheads == 0:
         return
     if optupdate:
         try:
             return hg.updatetotally(ui, repo, checkout, brev)
         except error.UpdateAbort as inst:
             msg = _("not updating: %s") % str(inst)
             hint = inst.hint
             raise error.UpdateAbort(msg, hint=hint)
     if modheads > 1:
         currentbranchheads = len(repo.branchheads())
         if currentbranchheads == modheads:
             ui.status(_("(run 'hg heads' to see heads, 'hg merge' to merge)\n"))
         elif currentbranchheads > 1:
             ui.status(_("(run 'hg heads .' to see heads, 'hg merge' to "
                         "merge)\n"))
         else:
             ui.status(_("(run 'hg heads' to see heads)\n"))
     else:
         ui.status(_("(run 'hg update' to get a working copy)\n"))
 
 @command('^pull',
     [('u', 'update', None,
      _('update to new branch head if changesets were pulled')),
     ('f', 'force', None, _('run even when remote repository is unrelated')),
     ('r', 'rev', [], _('a remote changeset intended to be added'), _('REV')),
     ('B', 'bookmark', [], _("bookmark to pull"), _('BOOKMARK')),
     ('b', 'branch', [], _('a specific branch you would like to pull'),
      _('BRANCH')),
     ] + remoteopts,
     _('[-u] [-f] [-r REV]... [-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [SOURCE]'))
 def pull(ui, repo, source="default", **opts):
     """pull changes from the specified source
 
     Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one.
 
     This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path
     or URL and adds them to a local repository (the current one unless
     -R is specified). By default, this does not update the copy of the
     project in the working directory.
 
     Use :hg:`incoming` if you want to see what would have been added
     by a pull at the time you issued this command. If you then decide
     to add those changes to the repository, you should use :hg:`pull
     -r X` where ``X`` is the last changeset listed by :hg:`incoming`.
 
     If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used.
     See :hg:`help urls` for more information.
 
     Specifying bookmark as ``.`` is equivalent to specifying the active
     bookmark's name.
 
     Returns 0 on success, 1 if an update had unresolved files.
     """
     source, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath(source), opts.get('branch'))
     ui.status(_('pulling from %s\n') % util.hidepassword(source))
     other = hg.peer(repo, opts, source)
     try:
         revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, other, branches,
                                           opts.get('rev'))
 
 
         pullopargs = {}
         if opts.get('bookmark'):
             if not revs:
                 revs = []
             # The list of bookmark used here is not the one used to actually
             # update the bookmark name. This can result in the revision pulled
             # not ending up with the name of the bookmark because of a race
             # condition on the server. (See issue 4689 for details)
             remotebookmarks = other.listkeys('bookmarks')
             pullopargs['remotebookmarks'] = remotebookmarks
             for b in opts['bookmark']:
                 b = repo._bookmarks.expandname(b)
                 if b not in remotebookmarks:
                     raise error.Abort(_('remote bookmark %s not found!') % b)
                 revs.append(remotebookmarks[b])
 
         if revs:
             try:
                 # When 'rev' is a bookmark name, we cannot guarantee that it
                 # will be updated with that name because of a race condition
                 # server side. (See issue 4689 for details)
                 oldrevs = revs
                 revs = [] # actually, nodes
                 for r in oldrevs:
                     node = other.lookup(r)
                     revs.append(node)
                     if r == checkout:
                         checkout = node
             except error.CapabilityError:
                 err = _("other repository doesn't support revision lookup, "
                         "so a rev cannot be specified.")
                 raise error.Abort(err)
 
         pullopargs.update(opts.get('opargs', {}))
         modheads = exchange.pull(repo, other, heads=revs,
                                  force=opts.get('force'),
                                  bookmarks=opts.get('bookmark', ()),
                                  opargs=pullopargs).cgresult
 
         # brev is a name, which might be a bookmark to be activated at
         # the end of the update. In other words, it is an explicit
         # destination of the update
         brev = None
 
         if checkout:
             checkout = str(repo.changelog.rev(checkout))
 
             # order below depends on implementation of
             # hg.addbranchrevs(). opts['bookmark'] is ignored,
             # because 'checkout' is determined without it.
             if opts.get('rev'):
                 brev = opts['rev'][0]
             elif opts.get('branch'):
                 brev = opts['branch'][0]
             else:
                 brev = branches[0]
         repo._subtoppath = source
         try:
             ret = postincoming(ui, repo, modheads, opts.get('update'),
                                checkout, brev)
 
         finally:
             del repo._subtoppath
 
     finally:
         other.close()
     return ret
 
 @command('^push',
     [('f', 'force', None, _('force push')),
     ('r', 'rev', [],
      _('a changeset intended to be included in the destination'),
      _('REV')),
     ('B', 'bookmark', [], _("bookmark to push"), _('BOOKMARK')),
     ('b', 'branch', [],
      _('a specific branch you would like to push'), _('BRANCH')),
     ('', 'new-branch', False, _('allow pushing a new branch')),
     ] + remoteopts,
     _('[-f] [-r REV]... [-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [DEST]'))
 def push(ui, repo, dest=None, **opts):
     """push changes to the specified destination
 
     Push changesets from the local repository to the specified
     destination.
 
     This operation is symmetrical to pull: it is identical to a pull
     in the destination repository from the current one.
 
     By default, push will not allow creation of new heads at the
     destination, since multiple heads would make it unclear which head
     to use. In this situation, it is recommended to pull and merge
     before pushing.
 
     Use --new-branch if you want to allow push to create a new named
     branch that is not present at the destination. This allows you to
     only create a new branch without forcing other changes.
 
     .. note::
 
        Extra care should be taken with the -f/--force option,
        which will push all new heads on all branches, an action which will
        almost always cause confusion for collaborators.
 
     If -r/--rev is used, the specified revision and all its ancestors
     will be pushed to the remote repository.
 
     If -B/--bookmark is used, the specified bookmarked revision, its
     ancestors, and the bookmark will be pushed to the remote
     repository. Specifying ``.`` is equivalent to specifying the active
     bookmark's name.
 
     Please see :hg:`help urls` for important details about ``ssh://``
     URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used.
 
     Returns 0 if push was successful, 1 if nothing to push.
     """
 
     if opts.get('bookmark'):
         ui.setconfig('bookmarks', 'pushing', opts['bookmark'], 'push')
         for b in opts['bookmark']:
             # translate -B options to -r so changesets get pushed
             b = repo._bookmarks.expandname(b)
             if b in repo._bookmarks:
                 opts.setdefault('rev', []).append(b)
             else:
                 # if we try to push a deleted bookmark, translate it to null
                 # this lets simultaneous -r, -b options continue working
                 opts.setdefault('rev', []).append("null")
 
     path = ui.paths.getpath(dest, default=('default-push', 'default'))
     if not path:
         raise error.Abort(_('default repository not configured!'),
                          hint=_("see 'hg help config.paths'"))
     dest = path.pushloc or path.loc
     branches = (path.branch, opts.get('branch') or [])
     ui.status(_('pushing to %s\n') % util.hidepassword(dest))
     revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, repo, branches, opts.get('rev'))
     other = hg.peer(repo, opts, dest)
 
     if revs:
         revs = [repo.lookup(r) for r in scmutil.revrange(repo, revs)]
         if not revs:
             raise error.Abort(_("specified revisions evaluate to an empty set"),
                              hint=_("use different revision arguments"))
     elif path.pushrev:
         # It doesn't make any sense to specify ancestor revisions. So limit
         # to DAG heads to make discovery simpler.
         expr = revsetlang.formatspec('heads(%r)', path.pushrev)
         revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, [expr])
         revs = [repo[rev].node() for rev in revs]
         if not revs:
             raise error.Abort(_('default push revset for path evaluates to an '
                                 'empty set'))
 
     repo._subtoppath = dest
     try:
         # push subrepos depth-first for coherent ordering
         c = repo['']
         subs = c.substate # only repos that are committed
         for s in sorted(subs):
             result = c.sub(s).push(opts)
             if result == 0:
                 return not result
     finally:
         del repo._subtoppath
     pushop = exchange.push(repo, other, opts.get('force'), revs=revs,
                            newbranch=opts.get('new_branch'),
                            bookmarks=opts.get('bookmark', ()),
                            opargs=opts.get('opargs'))
 
     result = not pushop.cgresult
 
     if pushop.bkresult is not None:
         if pushop.bkresult == 2:
             result = 2
         elif not result and pushop.bkresult:
             result = 2
 
     return result
 
 @command('recover', [])
 def recover(ui, repo):
     """roll back an interrupted transaction
 
     Recover from an interrupted commit or pull.
 
     This command tries to fix the repository status after an
     interrupted operation. It should only be necessary when Mercurial
     suggests it.
 
     Returns 0 if successful, 1 if nothing to recover or verify fails.
     """
     if repo.recover():
         return hg.verify(repo)
     return 1
 
 @command('^remove|rm',
     [('A', 'after', None, _('record delete for missing files')),
     ('f', 'force', None,
      _('forget added files, delete modified files')),
     ] + subrepoopts + walkopts,
     _('[OPTION]... FILE...'),
     inferrepo=True)
 def remove(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
     """remove the specified files on the next commit
 
     Schedule the indicated files for removal from the current branch.
 
     This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.
     To undo a remove before that, see :hg:`revert`. To undo added
     files, see :hg:`forget`.
 
     .. container:: verbose
 
       -A/--after can be used to remove only files that have already
       been deleted, -f/--force can be used to force deletion, and -Af
       can be used to remove files from the next revision without
       deleting them from the working directory.
 
       The following table details the behavior of remove for different
       file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file
       states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!]
       (as reported by :hg:`status`). The actions are Warn, Remove
       (from branch) and Delete (from disk):
 
       ========= == == == ==
       opt/state A  C  M  !
       ========= == == == ==
       none      W  RD W  R
       -f        R  RD RD R
       -A        W  W  W  R
       -Af       R  R  R  R
       ========= == == == ==
 
       .. note::
 
          :hg:`remove` never deletes files in Added [A] state from the
          working directory, not even if ``--force`` is specified.
 
     Returns 0 on success, 1 if any warnings encountered.
     """
 
     after, force = opts.get('after'), opts.get('force')
     if not pats and not after:
         raise error.Abort(_('no files specified'))
 
     m = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts)
     subrepos = opts.get('subrepos')
     return cmdutil.remove(ui, repo, m, "", after, force, subrepos)
 
 @command('rename|move|mv',
     [('A', 'after', None, _('record a rename that has already occurred')),
     ('f', 'force', None, _('forcibly copy over an existing managed file')),
     ] + walkopts + dryrunopts,
     _('[OPTION]... SOURCE... DEST'))
 def rename(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
     """rename files; equivalent of copy + remove
 
     Mark dest as copies of sources; mark sources for deletion. If dest
     is a directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a
     file, there can only be one source.
 
     By default, this command copies the contents of files as they
     exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the
     operation is recorded, but no copying is performed.
 
     This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename
     before that, see :hg:`revert`.
 
     Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered.
     """
     with repo.wlock(False):
         return cmdutil.copy(ui, repo, pats, opts, rename=True)
 
 @command('resolve',
     [('a', 'all', None, _('select all unresolved files')),
     ('l', 'list', None, _('list state of files needing merge')),
     ('m', 'mark', None, _('mark files as resolved')),
     ('u', 'unmark', None, _('mark files as unresolved')),
     ('n', 'no-status', None, _('hide status prefix'))]
     + mergetoolopts + walkopts + formatteropts,
     _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'),
     inferrepo=True)
 def resolve(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
     """redo merges or set/view the merge status of files
 
     Merges with unresolved conflicts are often the result of
     non-interactive merging using the ``internal:merge`` configuration
     setting, or a command-line merge tool like ``diff3``. The resolve
     command is used to manage the files involved in a merge, after
     :hg:`merge` has been run, and before :hg:`commit` is run (i.e. the
     working directory must have two parents). See :hg:`help
     merge-tools` for information on configuring merge tools.
 
     The resolve command can be used in the following ways:
 
     - :hg:`resolve [--tool TOOL] FILE...`: attempt to re-merge the specified
       files, discarding any previous merge attempts. Re-merging is not
       performed for files already marked as resolved. Use ``--all/-a``
       to select all unresolved files. ``--tool`` can be used to specify
       the merge tool used for the given files. It overrides the HGMERGE
       environment variable and your configuration files.  Previous file
       contents are saved with a ``.orig`` suffix.
 
     - :hg:`resolve -m [FILE]`: mark a file as having been resolved
       (e.g. after having manually fixed-up the files). The default is
       to mark all unresolved files.
 
     - :hg:`resolve -u [FILE]...`: mark a file as unresolved. The
       default is to mark all resolved files.
 
     - :hg:`resolve -l`: list files which had or still have conflicts.
       In the printed list, ``U`` = unresolved and ``R`` = resolved.
       You can use ``set:unresolved()`` or ``set:resolved()`` to filter
       the list. See :hg:`help filesets` for details.
 
     .. note::
 
        Mercurial will not let you commit files with unresolved merge
        conflicts. You must use :hg:`resolve -m ...` before you can
        commit after a conflicting merge.
 
     Returns 0 on success, 1 if any files fail a resolve attempt.
     """
 
     flaglist = 'all mark unmark list no_status'.split()
     all, mark, unmark, show, nostatus = \
         [opts.get(o) for o in flaglist]
 
     if (show and (mark or unmark)) or (mark and unmark):
         raise error.Abort(_("too many options specified"))
     if pats and all:
         raise error.Abort(_("can't specify --all and patterns"))
     if not (all or pats or show or mark or unmark):
         raise error.Abort(_('no files or directories specified'),
                          hint=('use --all to re-merge all unresolved files'))
 
     if show:
         ui.pager('resolve')
         fm = ui.formatter('resolve', opts)
         ms = mergemod.mergestate.read(repo)
         m = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts)
         for f in ms:
             if not m(f):
                 continue
             l = 'resolve.' + {'u': 'unresolved', 'r': 'resolved',
                               'd': 'driverresolved'}[ms[f]]
             fm.startitem()
             fm.condwrite(not nostatus, 'status', '%s ', ms[f].upper(), label=l)
             fm.write('path', '%s\n', f, label=l)
         fm.end()
         return 0
 
     with repo.wlock():
         ms = mergemod.mergestate.read(repo)
 
         if not (ms.active() or repo.dirstate.p2() != nullid):
             raise error.Abort(
                 _('resolve command not applicable when not merging'))
 
         wctx = repo[None]
 
         if ms.mergedriver and ms.mdstate() == 'u':
             proceed = mergemod.driverpreprocess(repo, ms, wctx)
             ms.commit()
             # allow mark and unmark to go through
             if not mark and not unmark and not proceed:
                 return 1
 
         m = scmutil.match(wctx, pats, opts)
         ret = 0
         didwork = False
         runconclude = False
 
         tocomplete = []
         for f in ms:
             if not m(f):
                 continue
 
             didwork = True
 
             # don't let driver-resolved files be marked, and run the conclude
             # step if asked to resolve
             if ms[f] == "d":
                 exact = m.exact(f)
                 if mark:
                     if exact:
                         ui.warn(_('not marking %s as it is driver-resolved\n')
                                 % f)
                 elif unmark:
                     if exact:
                         ui.warn(_('not unmarking %s as it is driver-resolved\n')
                                 % f)
                 else:
                     runconclude = True
                 continue
 
             if mark:
                 ms.mark(f, "r")
             elif unmark:
                 ms.mark(f, "u")
             else:
                 # backup pre-resolve (merge uses .orig for its own purposes)
                 a = repo.wjoin(f)
                 try:
                     util.copyfile(a, a + ".resolve")
                 except (IOError, OSError) as inst:
                     if inst.errno != errno.ENOENT:
                         raise
 
                 try:
                     # preresolve file
                     ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', opts.get('tool', ''),
                                  'resolve')
                     complete, r = ms.preresolve(f, wctx)
                     if not complete:
                         tocomplete.append(f)
                     elif r:
                         ret = 1
                 finally:
                     ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', '', 'resolve')
                     ms.commit()
 
                 # replace filemerge's .orig file with our resolve file, but only
                 # for merges that are complete
                 if complete:
                     try:
                         util.rename(a + ".resolve",
                                     scmutil.origpath(ui, repo, a))
                     except OSError as inst:
                         if inst.errno != errno.ENOENT:
                             raise
 
         for f in tocomplete:
             try:
                 # resolve file
                 ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', opts.get('tool', ''),
                              'resolve')
                 r = ms.resolve(f, wctx)
                 if r:
                     ret = 1
             finally:
                 ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', '', 'resolve')
                 ms.commit()
 
             # replace filemerge's .orig file with our resolve file
             a = repo.wjoin(f)
             try:
                 util.rename(a + ".resolve", scmutil.origpath(ui, repo, a))
             except OSError as inst:
                 if inst.errno != errno.ENOENT:
                     raise
 
         ms.commit()
         ms.recordactions()
 
         if not didwork and pats:
             hint = None
             if not any([p for p in pats if p.find(':') >= 0]):
                 pats = ['path:%s' % p for p in pats]
                 m = scmutil.match(wctx, pats, opts)
                 for f in ms:
                     if not m(f):
                         continue
                     flags = ''.join(['-%s ' % o[0] for o in flaglist
                                                    if opts.get(o)])
                     hint = _("(try: hg resolve %s%s)\n") % (
                              flags,
                              ' '.join(pats))
                     break
             ui.warn(_("arguments do not match paths that need resolving\n"))
             if hint:
                 ui.warn(hint)
         elif ms.mergedriver and ms.mdstate() != 's':
             # run conclude step when either a driver-resolved file is requested
             # or there are no driver-resolved files
             # we can't use 'ret' to determine whether any files are unresolved
             # because we might not have tried to resolve some
             if ((runconclude or not list(ms.driverresolved()))
                 and not list(ms.unresolved())):
                 proceed = mergemod.driverconclude(repo, ms, wctx)
                 ms.commit()
                 if not proceed:
                     return 1
 
     # Nudge users into finishing an unfinished operation
     unresolvedf = list(ms.unresolved())
     driverresolvedf = list(ms.driverresolved())
     if not unresolvedf and not driverresolvedf:
         ui.status(_('(no more unresolved files)\n'))
         cmdutil.checkafterresolved(repo)
     elif not unresolvedf:
         ui.status(_('(no more unresolved files -- '
                     'run "hg resolve --all" to conclude)\n'))
 
     return ret
 
 @command('revert',
     [('a', 'all', None, _('revert all changes when no arguments given')),
     ('d', 'date', '', _('tipmost revision matching date'), _('DATE')),
     ('r', 'rev', '', _('revert to the specified revision'), _('REV')),
     ('C', 'no-backup', None, _('do not save backup copies of files')),
     ('i', 'interactive', None,
             _('interactively select the changes (EXPERIMENTAL)')),
     ] + walkopts + dryrunopts,
     _('[OPTION]... [-r REV] [NAME]...'))
 def revert(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
     """restore files to their checkout state
 
     .. note::
 
        To check out earlier revisions, you should use :hg:`update REV`.
        To cancel an uncommitted merge (and lose your changes),
        use :hg:`update --clean .`.
 
     With no revision specified, revert the specified files or directories
     to the contents they had in the parent of the working directory.
     This restores the contents of files to an unmodified
     state and unschedules adds, removes, copies, and renames. If the
     working directory has two parents, you must explicitly specify a
     revision.
 
     Using the -r/--rev or -d/--date options, revert the given files or
     directories to their states as of a specific revision. Because
     revert does not change the working directory parents, this will
     cause these files to appear modified. This can be helpful to "back
     out" some or all of an earlier change. See :hg:`backout` for a
     related method.
 
     Modified files are saved with a .orig suffix before reverting.
     To disable these backups, use --no-backup. It is possible to store
     the backup files in a custom directory relative to the root of the
     repository by setting the ``ui.origbackuppath`` configuration
     option.
 
     See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.
 
     See :hg:`help backout` for a way to reverse the effect of an
     earlier changeset.
 
     Returns 0 on success.
     """
 
     if opts.get("date"):
         if opts.get("rev"):
             raise error.Abort(_("you can't specify a revision and a date"))
         opts["rev"] = cmdutil.finddate(ui, repo, opts["date"])
 
     parent, p2 = repo.dirstate.parents()
     if not opts.get('rev') and p2 != nullid:
         # revert after merge is a trap for new users (issue2915)
         raise error.Abort(_('uncommitted merge with no revision specified'),
                          hint=_("use 'hg update' or see 'hg help revert'"))
 
     ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev'))
 
     if (not (pats or opts.get('include') or opts.get('exclude') or
              opts.get('all') or opts.get('interactive'))):
         msg = _("no files or directories specified")
         if p2 != nullid:
             hint = _("uncommitted merge, use --all to discard all changes,"
                      " or 'hg update -C .' to abort the merge")
             raise error.Abort(msg, hint=hint)
         dirty = any(repo.status())
         node = ctx.node()
         if node != parent:
             if dirty:
                 hint = _("uncommitted changes, use --all to discard all"
                          " changes, or 'hg update %s' to update") % ctx.rev()
             else:
                 hint = _("use --all to revert all files,"
                          " or 'hg update %s' to update") % ctx.rev()
         elif dirty:
             hint = _("uncommitted changes, use --all to discard all changes")
         else:
             hint = _("use --all to revert all files")
         raise error.Abort(msg, hint=hint)
 
     return cmdutil.revert(ui, repo, ctx, (parent, p2), *pats, **opts)
 
 @command('rollback', dryrunopts +
          [('f', 'force', False, _('ignore safety measures'))])
 def rollback(ui, repo, **opts):
     """roll back the last transaction (DANGEROUS) (DEPRECATED)
 
     Please use :hg:`commit --amend` instead of rollback to correct
     mistakes in the last commit.
 
     This command should be used with care. There is only one level of
     rollback, and there is no way to undo a rollback. It will also
     restore the dirstate at the time of the last transaction, losing
     any dirstate changes since that time. This command does not alter
     the working directory.
 
     Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands
     that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a
     repository.
 
     .. container:: verbose
 
       For example, the following commands are transactional, and their
       effects can be rolled back:
 
       - commit
       - import
       - pull
       - push (with this repository as the destination)
       - unbundle
 
       To avoid permanent data loss, rollback will refuse to rollback a
       commit transaction if it isn't checked out. Use --force to
       override this protection.
 
       The rollback command can be entirely disabled by setting the
       ``ui.rollback`` configuration setting to false. If you're here
       because you want to use rollback and it's disabled, you can
       re-enable the command by setting ``ui.rollback`` to true.
 
     This command is not intended for use on public repositories. Once
     changes are visible for pull by other users, rolling a transaction
     back locally is ineffective (someone else may already have pulled
     the changes). Furthermore, a race is possible with readers of the
     repository; for example an in-progress pull from the repository
     may fail if a rollback is performed.
 
     Returns 0 on success, 1 if no rollback data is available.
     """
     if not ui.configbool('ui', 'rollback', True):
         raise error.Abort(_('rollback is disabled because it is unsafe'),
                           hint=('see `hg help -v rollback` for information'))
     return repo.rollback(dryrun=opts.get('dry_run'),
                          force=opts.get('force'))
 
 @command('root', [])
 def root(ui, repo):
     """print the root (top) of the current working directory
 
     Print the root directory of the current repository.
 
     Returns 0 on success.
     """
     ui.write(repo.root + "\n")
 
 @command('^serve',
     [('A', 'accesslog', '', _('name of access log file to write to'),
      _('FILE')),
     ('d', 'daemon', None, _('run server in background')),
     ('', 'daemon-postexec', [], _('used internally by daemon mode')),
     ('E', 'errorlog', '', _('name of error log file to write to'), _('FILE')),
     # use string type, then we can check if something was passed
     ('p', 'port', '', _('port to listen on (default: 8000)'), _('PORT')),
     ('a', 'address', '', _('address to listen on (default: all interfaces)'),
      _('ADDR')),
     ('', 'prefix', '', _('prefix path to serve from (default: server root)'),
      _('PREFIX')),
     ('n', 'name', '',
      _('name to show in web pages (default: working directory)'), _('NAME')),
     ('', 'web-conf', '',
      _("name of the hgweb config file (see 'hg help hgweb')"), _('FILE')),
     ('', 'webdir-conf', '', _('name of the hgweb config file (DEPRECATED)'),
      _('FILE')),
     ('', 'pid-file', '', _('name of file to write process ID to'), _('FILE')),
     ('', 'stdio', None, _('for remote clients (ADVANCED)')),
     ('', 'cmdserver', '', _('for remote clients (ADVANCED)'), _('MODE')),
     ('t', 'templates', '', _('web templates to use'), _('TEMPLATE')),
     ('', 'style', '', _('template style to use'), _('STYLE')),
     ('6', 'ipv6', None, _('use IPv6 in addition to IPv4')),
     ('', 'certificate', '', _('SSL certificate file'), _('FILE'))],
     _('[OPTION]...'),
     optionalrepo=True)
 def serve(ui, repo, **opts):
     """start stand-alone webserver
 
     Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server. You can use
     this for ad-hoc sharing and browsing of repositories. It is
     recommended to use a real web server to serve a repository for
     longer periods of time.
 
     Please note that the server does not implement access control.
     This means that, by default, anybody can read from the server and
     nobody can write to it by default. Set the ``web.allow_push``
     option to ``*`` to allow everybody to push to the server. You
     should use a real web server if you need to authenticate users.
 
     By default, the server logs accesses to stdout and errors to
     stderr. Use the -A/--accesslog and -E/--errorlog options to log to
     files.
 
     To have the server choose a free port number to listen on, specify
     a port number of 0; in this case, the server will print the port
     number it uses.
 
     Returns 0 on success.
     """
 
     if opts["stdio"] and opts["cmdserver"]:
         raise error.Abort(_("cannot use --stdio with --cmdserver"))
 
     if opts["stdio"]:
         if repo is None:
             raise error.RepoError(_("there is no Mercurial repository here"
                                     " (.hg not found)"))
         s = sshserver.sshserver(ui, repo)
         s.serve_forever()
 
     service = server.createservice(ui, repo, opts)
     return server.runservice(opts, initfn=service.init, runfn=service.run)
 
 @command('^status|st',
     [('A', 'all', None, _('show status of all files')),
     ('m', 'modified', None, _('show only modified files')),
     ('a', 'added', None, _('show only added files')),
     ('r', 'removed', None, _('show only removed files')),
     ('d', 'deleted', None, _('show only deleted (but tracked) files')),
     ('c', 'clean', None, _('show only files without changes')),
     ('u', 'unknown', None, _('show only unknown (not tracked) files')),
     ('i', 'ignored', None, _('show only ignored files')),
     ('n', 'no-status', None, _('hide status prefix')),
     ('C', 'copies', None, _('show source of copied files')),
     ('0', 'print0', None, _('end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs')),
     ('', 'rev', [], _('show difference from revision'), _('REV')),
     ('', 'change', '', _('list the changed files of a revision'), _('REV')),
     ] + walkopts + subrepoopts + formatteropts,
     _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'),
     inferrepo=True)
 def status(ui, repo, *pats, **opts):
     """show changed files in the working directory
 
     Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only
     files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or
     the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless
     -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.
     Unless options described with "show only ..." are given, the
     options -mardu are used.
 
     Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files
     unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.
 
     .. note::
 
        :hg:`status` may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have
        changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does
        not report permission changes and diff only reports changes
        relative to one merge parent.
 
     If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.
     If two revisions are given, the differences between them are
     shown. The --change option can also be used as a shortcut to list
     the changed files of a revision from its first parent.
 
     The codes used to show the status of files are::
 
       M = modified
       A = added
       R = removed
       C = clean
       ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)
       ? = not tracked
       I = ignored
         = origin of the previous file (with --copies)
 
     .. container:: verbose
 
       Examples:
 
       - show changes in the working directory relative to a
         changeset::
 
           hg status --rev 9353
 
       - show changes in the working directory relative to the
         current directory (see :hg:`help patterns` for more information)::
 
           hg status re:
 
       - show all changes including copies in an existing changeset::
 
           hg status --copies --change 9353
 
       - get a NUL separated list of added files, suitable for xargs::
 
           hg status -an0
 
     Returns 0 on success.
     """
 
     revs = opts.get('rev')
     change = opts.get('change')
 
     if revs and change:
         msg = _('cannot specify --rev and --change at the same time')
         raise error.Abort(msg)
     elif change:
         node2 = scmutil.revsingle(repo, change, None).node()
         node1 = repo[node2].p1().node()
     else:
         node1, node2 = scmutil.revpair(repo, revs)
 
     if pats:
         cwd = repo.getcwd()
     else:
         cwd = ''
 
     if opts.get('print0'):
         end = '\0'
     else:
         end = '\n'
     copy = {}
     states = 'modified added removed deleted unknown ignored clean'.split()
     show = [k for k in states if opts.get(k)]
     if opts.get('all'):
         show += ui.quiet and (states[:4] + ['clean']) or states
     if not show:
         if ui.quiet:
             show = states[:4]
         else:
             show = states[:5]
 
     m = scmutil.match(repo[node2], pats, opts)
     stat = repo.status(node1, node2, m,
                        'ignored' in show, 'clean' in show, 'unknown' in show,
                        opts.get('subrepos'))
     changestates = zip(states, 'MAR!?IC', stat)
 
     if (opts.get('all') or opts.get('copies')
         or ui.configbool('ui', 'statuscopies')) and not opts.get('no_status'):
         copy = copies.pathcopies(repo[node1], repo[node2], m)
 
     ui.pager('status')
     fm = ui.formatter('status', opts)
     fmt = '%s' + end
     showchar = not opts.get('no_status')
 
     for state, char, files in changestates:
         if state in show:
             label = 'status.' + state
             for f in files:
                 fm.startitem()
                 fm.condwrite(showchar, 'status', '%s ', char, label=label)
                 fm.write('path', fmt, repo.pathto(f, cwd), label=label)
                 if f in copy:
                     fm.write("copy", '  %s' + end, repo.pathto(copy[f], cwd),
                              label='status.copied')
     fm.end()
 
 @command('^summary|sum',
     [('', 'remote', None, _('check for push and pull'))], '[--remote]')
 def summary(ui, repo, **opts):
     """summarize working directory state
 
     This generates a brief summary of the working directory state,
     including parents, branch, commit status, phase and available updates.
 
     With the --remote option, this will check the default paths for
     incoming and outgoing changes. This can be time-consuming.
 
     Returns 0 on success.
     """
 
     ui.pager('summary')
     ctx = repo[None]
     parents = ctx.parents()
     pnode = parents[0].node()
     marks = []
 
     ms = None
     try:
         ms = mergemod.mergestate.read(repo)
     except error.UnsupportedMergeRecords as e:
         s = ' '.join(e.recordtypes)
         ui.warn(
             _('warning: merge state has unsupported record types: %s\n') % s)
         unresolved = 0
     else:
         unresolved = [f for f in ms if ms[f] == 'u']
 
     for p in parents:
         # label with log.changeset (instead of log.parent) since this
         # shows a working directory parent *changeset*:
         # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
         ui.write(_('parent: %d:%s ') % (p.rev(), str(p)),
                  label=cmdutil._changesetlabels(p))
         ui.write(' '.join(p.tags()), label='log.tag')
         if p.bookmarks():
             marks.extend(p.bookmarks())
         if p.rev() == -1:
             if not len(repo):
                 ui.write(_(' (empty repository)'))
             else:
                 ui.write(_(' (no revision checked out)'))
         if p.troubled():
             ui.write(' ('
                      + ', '.join(ui.label(trouble, 'trouble.%s' % trouble)
                                  for trouble in p.troubles())
                      + ')')
         ui.write('\n')
         if p.description():
             ui.status(' ' + p.description().splitlines()[0].strip() + '\n',
                       label='log.summary')
 
     branch = ctx.branch()
     bheads = repo.branchheads(branch)
     # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
     m = _('branch: %s\n') % branch
     if branch != 'default':
         ui.write(m, label='log.branch')
     else:
         ui.status(m, label='log.branch')
 
     if marks:
         active = repo._activebookmark
         # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
         ui.write(_('bookmarks:'), label='log.bookmark')
         if active is not None:
             if active in marks:
                 ui.write(' *' + active, label=activebookmarklabel)
                 marks.remove(active)
             else:
                 ui.write(' [%s]' % active, label=activebookmarklabel)
         for m in marks:
             ui.write(' ' + m, label='log.bookmark')
         ui.write('\n', label='log.bookmark')
 
     status = repo.status(unknown=True)
 
     c = repo.dirstate.copies()
     copied, renamed = [], []
     for d, s in c.iteritems():
         if s in status.removed:
             status.removed.remove(s)
             renamed.append(d)
         else:
             copied.append(d)
         if d in status.added:
             status.added.remove(d)
 
     subs = [s for s in ctx.substate if ctx.sub(s).dirty()]
 
     labels = [(ui.label(_('%d modified'), 'status.modified'), status.modified),
               (ui.label(_('%d added'), 'status.added'), status.added),
               (ui.label(_('%d removed'), 'status.removed'), status.removed),
               (ui.label(_('%d renamed'), 'status.copied'), renamed),
               (ui.label(_('%d copied'), 'status.copied'), copied),
               (ui.label(_('%d deleted'), 'status.deleted'), status.deleted),
               (ui.label(_('%d unknown'), 'status.unknown'), status.unknown),
               (ui.label(_('%d unresolved'), 'resolve.unresolved'), unresolved),
               (ui.label(_('%d subrepos'), 'status.modified'), subs)]
     t = []
     for l, s in labels:
         if s:
             t.append(l % len(s))
 
     t = ', '.join(t)
     cleanworkdir = False
 
     if repo.vfs.exists('graftstate'):
         t += _(' (graft in progress)')
     if repo.vfs.exists('updatestate'):
         t += _(' (interrupted update)')
     elif len(parents) > 1:
         t += _(' (merge)')
     elif branch != parents[0].branch():
         t += _(' (new branch)')
     elif (parents[0].closesbranch() and
           pnode in repo.branchheads(branch, closed=True)):
         t += _(' (head closed)')
     elif not (status.modified or status.added or status.removed or renamed or
               copied or subs):
         t += _(' (clean)')
         cleanworkdir = True
     elif pnode not in bheads:
         t += _(' (new branch head)')
 
     if parents:
         pendingphase = max(p.phase() for p in parents)
     else:
         pendingphase = phases.public
 
     if pendingphase > phases.newcommitphase(ui):
         t += ' (%s)' % phases.phasenames[pendingphase]
 
     if cleanworkdir:
         # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
         ui.status(_('commit: %s\n') % t.strip())
     else:
         # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
         ui.write(_('commit: %s\n') % t.strip())
 
     # all ancestors of branch heads - all ancestors of parent = new csets
     new = len(repo.changelog.findmissing([pctx.node() for pctx in parents],
                                          bheads))
 
     if new == 0:
         # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
         ui.status(_('update: (current)\n'))
     elif pnode not in bheads:
         # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
         ui.write(_('update: %d new changesets (update)\n') % new)
     else:
         # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
         ui.write(_('update: %d new changesets, %d branch heads (merge)\n') %
                  (new, len(bheads)))
 
     t = []
     draft = len(repo.revs('draft()'))
     if draft:
         t.append(_('%d draft') % draft)
     secret = len(repo.revs('secret()'))
     if secret:
         t.append(_('%d secret') % secret)
 
     if draft or secret:
         ui.status(_('phases: %s\n') % ', '.join(t))
 
     if obsolete.isenabled(repo, obsolete.createmarkersopt):
         for trouble in ("unstable", "divergent", "bumped"):
             numtrouble = len(repo.revs(trouble + "()"))
             # We write all the possibilities to ease translation
             troublemsg = {
                "unstable": _("unstable: %d changesets"),
                "divergent": _("divergent: %d changesets"),
                "bumped": _("bumped: %d changesets"),
             }
             if numtrouble > 0:
                 ui.status(troublemsg[trouble] % numtrouble + "\n")
 
     cmdutil.summaryhooks(ui, repo)
 
     if opts.get('remote'):
         needsincoming, needsoutgoing = True, True
     else:
         needsincoming, needsoutgoing = False, False
         for i, o in cmdutil.summaryremotehooks(ui, repo, opts, None):
             if i:
                 needsincoming = True
             if o:
                 needsoutgoing = True
         if not needsincoming and not needsoutgoing:
             return
 
     def getincoming():
         source, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath('default'))
         sbranch = branches[0]
         try:
             other = hg.peer(repo, {}, source)
         except error.RepoError:
             if opts.get('remote'):
                 raise
             return source, sbranch, None, None, None
         revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, other, branches, None)
         if revs:
             revs = [other.lookup(rev) for rev in revs]
         ui.debug('comparing with %s\n' % util.hidepassword(source))
         repo.ui.pushbuffer()
         commoninc = discovery.findcommonincoming(repo, other, heads=revs)
         repo.ui.popbuffer()
         return source, sbranch, other, commoninc, commoninc[1]
 
     if needsincoming:
         source, sbranch, sother, commoninc, incoming = getincoming()
     else:
         source = sbranch = sother = commoninc = incoming = None
 
     def getoutgoing():
         dest, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath('default-push', 'default'))
         dbranch = branches[0]
         revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, repo, branches, None)
         if source != dest:
             try:
                 dother = hg.peer(repo, {}, dest)
             except error.RepoError:
                 if opts.get('remote'):
                     raise
                 return dest, dbranch, None, None
             ui.debug('comparing with %s\n' % util.hidepassword(dest))
         elif sother is None:
             # there is no explicit destination peer, but source one is invalid
             return dest, dbranch, None, None
         else:
             dother = sother
         if (source != dest or (sbranch is not None and sbranch != dbranch)):
             common = None
         else:
             common = commoninc
         if revs:
             revs = [repo.lookup(rev) for rev in revs]
         repo.ui.pushbuffer()
         outgoing = discovery.findcommonoutgoing(repo, dother, onlyheads=revs,
                                                 commoninc=common)
         repo.ui.popbuffer()
         return dest, dbranch, dother, outgoing
 
     if needsoutgoing:
         dest, dbranch, dother, outgoing = getoutgoing()
     else:
         dest = dbranch = dother = outgoing = None
 
     if opts.get('remote'):
         t = []
         if incoming:
             t.append(_('1 or more incoming'))
         o = outgoing.missing
         if o:
             t.append(_('%d outgoing') % len(o))
         other = dother or sother
         if 'bookmarks' in other.listkeys('namespaces'):
             counts = bookmarks.summary(repo, other)
             if counts[0] > 0:
                 t.append(_('%d incoming bookmarks') % counts[0])
             if counts[1] > 0:
                 t.append(_('%d outgoing bookmarks') % counts[1])
 
         if t:
             # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
             ui.write(_('remote: %s\n') % (', '.join(t)))
         else:
             # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary"
             ui.status(_('remote: (synced)\n'))
 
     cmdutil.summaryremotehooks(ui, repo, opts,
                                ((source, sbranch, sother, commoninc),
                                 (dest, dbranch, dother, outgoing)))
 
 @command('tag',
     [('f', 'force', None, _('force tag')),
     ('l', 'local', None, _('make the tag local')),
     ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to tag'), _('REV')),
     ('', 'remove', None, _('remove a tag')),
     # -l/--local is already there, commitopts cannot be used
     ('e', 'edit', None, _('invoke editor on commit messages')),
     ('m', 'message', '', _('use text as commit message'), _('TEXT')),
     ] + commitopts2,
     _('[-f] [-l] [-m TEXT] [-d DATE] [-u USER] [-r REV] NAME...'))
 def tag(ui, repo, name1, *names, **opts):
     """add one or more tags for the current or given revision
 
     Name a particular revision using <name>.
 
     Tags are used to name particular revisions of the repository and are
     very useful to compare different revisions, to go back to significant
     earlier versions or to mark branch points as releases, etc. Changing
     an existing tag is normally disallowed; use -f/--force to override.
 
     If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is
     used.
 
     To facilitate version control, distribution, and merging of tags,
     they are stored as a file named ".hgtags" which is managed similarly
     to other project files and can be hand-edited if necessary. This
     also means that tagging creates a new commit. The file
     ".hg/localtags" is used for local tags (not shared among
     repositories).
 
     Tag commits are usually made at the head of a branch. If the parent
     of the working directory is not a branch head, :hg:`tag` aborts; use
     -f/--force to force the tag commit to be based on a non-head
     changeset.
 
     See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.
 
     Since tag names have priority over branch names during revision
     lookup, using an existing branch name as a tag name is discouraged.
 
     Returns 0 on success.
     """
     wlock = lock = None
     try:
         wlock = repo.wlock()
         lock = repo.lock()
         rev_ = "."
         names = [t.strip() for t in (name1,) + names]
         if len(names) != len(set(names)):
             raise error.Abort(_('tag names must be unique'))
         for n in names:
             scmutil.checknewlabel(repo, n, 'tag')
             if not n:
                 raise error.Abort(_('tag names cannot consist entirely of '
                                    'whitespace'))
         if opts.get('rev') and opts.get('remove'):
             raise error.Abort(_("--rev and --remove are incompatible"))
         if opts.get('rev'):
             rev_ = opts['rev']
         message = opts.get('message')
         if opts.get('remove'):
             if opts.get('local'):
                 expectedtype = 'local'
             else:
                 expectedtype = 'global'
 
             for n in names:
                 if not repo.tagtype(n):
                     raise error.Abort(_("tag '%s' does not exist") % n)
                 if repo.tagtype(n) != expectedtype:
                     if expectedtype == 'global':
                         raise error.Abort(_("tag '%s' is not a global tag") % n)
                     else:
                         raise error.Abort(_("tag '%s' is not a local tag") % n)
             rev_ = 'null'
             if not message:
                 # we don't translate commit messages
                 message = 'Removed tag %s' % ', '.join(names)
         elif not opts.get('force'):
             for n in names:
                 if n in repo.tags():
                     raise error.Abort(_("tag '%s' already exists "
                                        "(use -f to force)") % n)
         if not opts.get('local'):
             p1, p2 = repo.dirstate.parents()
             if p2 != nullid:
                 raise error.Abort(_('uncommitted merge'))
             bheads = repo.branchheads()
             if not opts.get('force') and bheads and p1 not in bheads:
                 raise error.Abort(_('working directory is not at a branch head '
                                     '(use -f to force)'))
         r = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev_).node()
 
         if not message:
             # we don't translate commit messages
             message = ('Added tag %s for changeset %s' %
                        (', '.join(names), short(r)))
 
         date = opts.get('date')
         if date:
             date = util.parsedate(date)
 
         if opts.get('remove'):
             editform = 'tag.remove'
         else:
             editform = 'tag.add'
         editor = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(editform=editform, **opts)
 
         # don't allow tagging the null rev
         if (not opts.get('remove') and
             scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev_).rev() == nullrev):
             raise error.Abort(_("cannot tag null revision"))
 
         repo.tag(names, r, message, opts.get('local'), opts.get('user'), date,
                  editor=editor)
     finally:
         release(lock, wlock)
 
 @command('tags', formatteropts, '')
 def tags(ui, repo, **opts):
     """list repository tags
 
     This lists both regular and local tags. When the -v/--verbose
     switch is used, a third column "local" is printed for local tags.
     When the -q/--quiet switch is used, only the tag name is printed.
 
     Returns 0 on success.
     """
 
     ui.pager('tags')
     fm = ui.formatter('tags', opts)
     hexfunc = fm.hexfunc
     tagtype = ""
 
     for t, n in reversed(repo.tagslist()):
         hn = hexfunc(n)
         label = 'tags.normal'
         tagtype = ''
         if repo.tagtype(t) == 'local':
             label = 'tags.local'
             tagtype = 'local'
 
         fm.startitem()
         fm.write('tag', '%s', t, label=label)
         fmt = " " * (30 - encoding.colwidth(t)) + ' %5d:%s'
         fm.condwrite(not ui.quiet, 'rev node', fmt,
                      repo.changelog.rev(n), hn, label=label)
         fm.condwrite(ui.verbose and tagtype, 'type', ' %s',
                      tagtype, label=label)
         fm.plain('\n')
     fm.end()
 
 @command('tip',
     [('p', 'patch', None, _('show patch')),
     ('g', 'git', None, _('use git extended diff format')),
     ] + templateopts,
     _('[-p] [-g]'))
 def tip(ui, repo, **opts):
     """show the tip revision (DEPRECATED)
 
     The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the changeset
     most recently added to the repository (and therefore the most
     recently changed head).
 
     If you have just made a commit, that commit will be the tip. If
     you have just pulled changes from another repository, the tip of
     that repository becomes the current tip. The "tip" tag is special
     and cannot be renamed or assigned to a different changeset.
 
     This command is deprecated, please use :hg:`heads` instead.
 
     Returns 0 on success.
     """
     displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, opts)
     displayer.show(repo['tip'])
     displayer.close()
 
 @command('unbundle',
     [('u', 'update', None,
      _('update to new branch head if changesets were unbundled'))],
     _('[-u] FILE...'))
 def unbundle(ui, repo, fname1, *fnames, **opts):
     """apply one or more changegroup files
 
     Apply one or more compressed changegroup files generated by the
     bundle command.
 
     Returns 0 on success, 1 if an update has unresolved files.
     """
     fnames = (fname1,) + fnames
 
     with repo.lock():
         for fname in fnames:
             f = hg.openpath(ui, fname)
             gen = exchange.readbundle(ui, f, fname)
             if isinstance(gen, bundle2.unbundle20):
                 tr = repo.transaction('unbundle')
                 try:
                     op = bundle2.applybundle(repo, gen, tr, source='unbundle',
                                              url='bundle:' + fname)
                     tr.close()
                 except error.BundleUnknownFeatureError as exc:
                     raise error.Abort(_('%s: unknown bundle feature, %s')
                                       % (fname, exc),
                                       hint=_("see https://mercurial-scm.org/"
                                              "wiki/BundleFeature for more "
                                              "information"))
                 finally:
                     if tr:
                         tr.release()
                 changes = [r.get('return', 0)
                            for r in op.records['changegroup']]
                 modheads = changegroup.combineresults(changes)
             elif isinstance(gen, streamclone.streamcloneapplier):
                 raise error.Abort(
                         _('packed bundles cannot be applied with '
                           '"hg unbundle"'),
                         hint=_('use "hg debugapplystreamclonebundle"'))
             else:
                 modheads = gen.apply(repo, 'unbundle', 'bundle:' + fname)
 
     return postincoming(ui, repo, modheads, opts.get('update'), None, None)
 
 @command('^update|up|checkout|co',
     [('C', 'clean', None, _('discard uncommitted changes (no backup)')),
     ('c', 'check', None, _('require clean working directory')),
     ('d', 'date', '', _('tipmost revision matching date'), _('DATE')),
     ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision'), _('REV'))
      ] + mergetoolopts,
     _('[-C|-c] [-d DATE] [[-r] REV]'))
 def update(ui, repo, node=None, rev=None, clean=False, date=None, check=False,
            tool=None):
     """update working directory (or switch revisions)
 
     Update the repository's working directory to the specified
     changeset. If no changeset is specified, update to the tip of the
     current named branch and move the active bookmark (see :hg:`help
     bookmarks`).
 
     Update sets the working directory's parent revision to the specified
     changeset (see :hg:`help parents`).
 
     If the changeset is not a descendant or ancestor of the working
     directory's parent and there are uncommitted changes, the update is
     aborted. With the -c/--check option, the working directory is checked
     for uncommitted changes; if none are found, the working directory is
     updated to the specified changeset.
 
     .. container:: verbose
 
       The -C/--clean and -c/--check options control what happens if the
       working directory contains uncommitted changes.
       At most of one of them can be specified.
 
       1. If no option is specified, and if
          the requested changeset is an ancestor or descendant of
          the working directory's parent, the uncommitted changes
          are merged into the requested changeset and the merged
          result is left uncommitted. If the requested changeset is
          not an ancestor or descendant (that is, it is on another
          branch), the update is aborted and the uncommitted changes
          are preserved.
 
       2. With the -c/--check option, the update is aborted and the
          uncommitted changes are preserved.
 
       3. With the -C/--clean option, uncommitted changes are discarded and
          the working directory is updated to the requested changeset.
 
     To cancel an uncommitted merge (and lose your changes), use
     :hg:`update --clean .`.
 
     Use null as the changeset to remove the working directory (like
     :hg:`clone -U`).
 
     If you want to revert just one file to an older revision, use
     :hg:`revert [-r REV] NAME`.
 
     See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.
 
     Returns 0 on success, 1 if there are unresolved files.
     """
     if rev and node:
         raise error.Abort(_("please specify just one revision"))
 
     if rev is None or rev == '':
         rev = node
 
     if date and rev is not None:
         raise error.Abort(_("you can't specify a revision and a date"))
 
     if check and clean:
         raise error.Abort(_("cannot specify both -c/--check and -C/--clean"))
 
     with repo.wlock():
         cmdutil.clearunfinished(repo)
 
         if date:
             rev = cmdutil.finddate(ui, repo, date)
 
         # if we defined a bookmark, we have to remember the original name
         brev = rev
         rev = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev, rev).rev()
 
         repo.ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', tool, 'update')
 
         return hg.updatetotally(ui, repo, rev, brev, clean=clean, check=check)
 
 @command('verify', [])
 def verify(ui, repo):
     """verify the integrity of the repository
 
     Verify the integrity of the current repository.
 
     This will perform an extensive check of the repository's
     integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in
     the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the
     integrity of their crosslinks and indices.
 
     Please see https://mercurial-scm.org/wiki/RepositoryCorruption
     for more information about recovery from corruption of the
     repository.
 
     Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered.
     """
     return hg.verify(repo)
 
 @command('version', [] + formatteropts, norepo=True)
 def version_(ui, **opts):
     """output version and copyright information"""
     if ui.verbose:
         ui.pager('version')
     fm = ui.formatter("version", opts)
     fm.startitem()
     fm.write("ver", _("Mercurial Distributed SCM (version %s)\n"),
              util.version())
     license = _(
         "(see https://mercurial-scm.org for more information)\n"
         "\nCopyright (C) 2005-2017 Matt Mackall and others\n"
         "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. "
         "There is NO\nwarranty; "
         "not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n"
     )
     if not ui.quiet:
         fm.plain(license)
 
     if ui.verbose:
         fm.plain(_("\nEnabled extensions:\n\n"))
     # format names and versions into columns
     names = []
     vers = []
     isinternals = []
     for name, module in extensions.extensions():
         names.append(name)
         vers.append(extensions.moduleversion(module) or None)
         isinternals.append(extensions.ismoduleinternal(module))
     fn = fm.nested("extensions")
     if names:
         namefmt = "  %%-%ds  " % max(len(n) for n in names)
         places = [_("external"), _("internal")]
         for n, v, p in zip(names, vers, isinternals):
             fn.startitem()
             fn.condwrite(ui.verbose, "name", namefmt, n)
             if ui.verbose:
                 fn.plain("%s  " % places[p])
             fn.data(bundled=p)
             fn.condwrite(ui.verbose and v, "ver", "%s", v)
             if ui.verbose:
                 fn.plain("\n")
     fn.end()
     fm.end()
 
 def loadcmdtable(ui, name, cmdtable):
     """Load command functions from specified cmdtable
     """
     overrides = [cmd for cmd in cmdtable if cmd in table]
     if overrides:
         ui.warn(_("extension '%s' overrides commands: %s\n")
                 % (name, " ".join(overrides)))
     table.update(cmdtable)

mercurial/help/color.txt

@@ -1,186 +1,134 b''
-# color.py color output for Mercurial commands
-#
-# Copyright (C) 2007 Kevin Christen <[e-mail]>
-#
-# This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the
-# GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version.
+Mercurial can colorizes output from several commands.
 
-'''colorize output from some commands
-
-The color extension colorizes output from several Mercurial commands.
 For example, the diff command shows additions in green and deletions
 in red, while the status command shows modified files in magenta. Many
 other commands have analogous colors. It is possible to customize
 these colors.
 
+To enable color use::
+
+  [ui]
+  color = auto
+
+Mode
+====
+
+Mercurial can use various system to display color. The supported modes are
+``ansi``, ``win32``, and ``terminfo``.  See :hg:`help config.color` for details
+about how to control the mode
+
 Effects
--------
+=======
 
 Other effects in addition to color, like bold and underlined text, are
 also available. By default, the terminfo database is used to find the
 terminal codes used to change color and effect.  If terminfo is not
 available, then effects are rendered with the ECMA-48 SGR control
 function (aka ANSI escape codes).
 
 The available effects in terminfo mode are 'blink', 'bold', 'dim',
 'inverse', 'invisible', 'italic', 'standout', and 'underline'; in
 ECMA-48 mode, the options are 'bold', 'inverse', 'italic', and
 'underline'.  How each is rendered depends on the terminal emulator.
 Some may not be available for a given terminal type, and will be
 silently ignored.
 
 If the terminfo entry for your terminal is missing codes for an effect
 or has the wrong codes, you can add or override those codes in your
 configuration::
 
   [color]
   terminfo.dim = \E[2m
 
 where '\E' is substituted with an escape character.
 
 Labels
-------
+======
 
 Text receives color effects depending on the labels that it has. Many
 default Mercurial commands emit labelled text. You can also define
 your own labels in templates using the label function, see :hg:`help
 templates`. A single portion of text may have more than one label. In
 that case, effects given to the last label will override any other
 effects. This includes the special "none" effect, which nullifies
 other effects.
 
 Labels are normally invisible. In order to see these labels and their
 position in the text, use the global --color=debug option. The same
 anchor text may be associated to multiple labels, e.g.
 
   [log.changeset changeset.secret|changeset:   22611:6f0a53c8f587]
 
 The following are the default effects for some default labels. Default
 effects may be overridden from your configuration file::
 
   [color]
   status.modified = blue bold underline red_background
   status.added = green bold
   status.removed = red bold blue_background
   status.deleted = cyan bold underline
   status.unknown = magenta bold underline
   status.ignored = black bold
 
   # 'none' turns off all effects
   status.clean = none
   status.copied = none
 
   qseries.applied = blue bold underline
   qseries.unapplied = black bold
   qseries.missing = red bold
 
   diff.diffline = bold
   diff.extended = cyan bold
   diff.file_a = red bold
   diff.file_b = green bold
   diff.hunk = magenta
   diff.deleted = red
   diff.inserted = green
   diff.changed = white
   diff.tab =
   diff.trailingwhitespace = bold red_background
 
   # Blank so it inherits the style of the surrounding label
   changeset.public =
   changeset.draft =
   changeset.secret =
 
   resolve.unresolved = red bold
   resolve.resolved = green bold
 
   bookmarks.active = green
 
   branches.active = none
   branches.closed = black bold
   branches.current = green
   branches.inactive = none
 
   tags.normal = green
   tags.local = black bold
 
   rebase.rebased = blue
   rebase.remaining = red bold
 
   shelve.age = cyan
   shelve.newest = green bold
   shelve.name = blue bold
 
   histedit.remaining = red bold
 
 Custom colors
--------------
+=============
 
 Because there are only eight standard colors, this module allows you
 to define color names for other color slots which might be available
 for your terminal type, assuming terminfo mode.  For instance::
 
   color.brightblue = 12
   color.pink = 207
   color.orange = 202
 
 to set 'brightblue' to color slot 12 (useful for 16 color terminals
 that have brighter colors defined in the upper eight) and, 'pink' and
 'orange' to colors in 256-color xterm's default color cube.  These
 defined colors may then be used as any of the pre-defined eight,
 including appending '_background' to set the background to that color.
-
-Modes
------
-
-By default, the color extension will use ANSI mode (or win32 mode on
-Windows) if it detects a terminal. To override auto mode (to enable
-terminfo mode, for example), set the following configuration option::
-
-  [color]
-  mode = terminfo
-
-Any value other than 'ansi', 'win32', 'terminfo', or 'auto' will
-disable color.
-
-Note that on some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using
-color with the pager extension and less -R. less with the -R option
-will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes
-emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by
-either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will
-pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control
-codes).
-
-On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support
-a different color mode than the pager (activated via the "pager"
-extension). It is possible to define separate modes depending on whether
-the pager is active::
-
-  [color]
-  mode = auto
-  pagermode = ansi
-
-If ``pagermode`` is not defined, the ``mode`` will be used.
-'''
-
-from __future__ import absolute_import
-
-from mercurial import (
-    color,
-    commands
-)
-
-# Note for extension authors: ONLY specify testedwith = 'ships-with-hg-core' for
-# extensions which SHIP WITH MERCURIAL. Non-mainline extensions should
-# be specifying the version(s) of Mercurial they are tested with, or
-# leave the attribute unspecified.
-testedwith = 'ships-with-hg-core'
-
-def extsetup(ui):
-    # change default color config
-    color._enabledbydefault = True
-    for idx, entry in enumerate(commands.globalopts):
-        if entry[1] == 'color':
-            patch = (entry[3].replace(' (EXPERIMENTAL)', ''),)
-            new = entry[:3] + patch + entry[4:]
-            commands.globalopts[idx] = new
-            break

mercurial/help/config.txt

@@ -1,2318 +1,2352 b''
 The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control
 aspects of its behavior.
 
 Troubleshooting
 ===============
 
 If you're having problems with your configuration,
 :hg:`config --debug` can help you understand what is introducing
 a setting into your environment.
 
 See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files`
 for information about how and where to override things.
 
 Structure
 =========
 
 The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration
 file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed
 by ``name = value`` entries::
 
   [ui]
   username = Firstname Lastname <[e-mail]>
   verbose = True
 
 The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and
 ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`.
 
 Files
 =====
 
 Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.
 These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the
 appropriate configuration files yourself:
 
 Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file.
 
 Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into:
 
 .. container:: windows
 
   - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows)
 
 .. container:: unix.plan9
 
   - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9)
 
 The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is
 installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in
 alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple
 paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later
 ones.
 
 .. container:: verbose.unix
 
   On Unix, the following files are consulted:
 
   - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
   - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user)
   - ``${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/hg/hgrc`` (per-user)
   - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
   - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
   - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
   - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
   - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults)
 
 .. container:: verbose.windows
 
   On Windows, the following files are consulted:
 
   - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
   - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
   - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
   - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user)
   - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user)
   - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-installation)
   - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation)
   - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation)
   - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults)
 
   .. note::
 
    The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial``
    is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows.
 
 .. container:: windows
 
   On Windows 9x, ``%HOME%`` is replaced by ``%APPDATA%``.
 
 .. container:: verbose.plan9
 
   On Plan9, the following files are consulted:
 
   - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository)
   - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user)
   - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation)
   - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation)
   - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system)
   - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system)
   - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults)
 
 Per-repository configuration options only apply in a
 particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and
 will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in
 this file override options in all other configuration files.
 
 .. container:: unix.plan9
 
   On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't
   belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See
   :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details.
 
 Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial.  Options
 in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any
 directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation
 options.
 
 Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the
 directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the
 parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run.
 
 .. container:: unix.plan9
 
   For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial
   will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these
   files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any
   directory.
 
 Per-installation configuration files are for the system on
 which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all
 Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry
 keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference
 a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will
 be read.  Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified
 order until one or more configuration files are detected.
 
 Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial
 is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands
 executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files
 override per-installation options.
 
 Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration
 files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default
 configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can
 be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains
 merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration
 there.
 
 Syntax
 ======
 
 A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header
 and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called
 ``configuration keys``)::
 
     [spam]
     eggs=ham
     green=
        eggs
 
 Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented,
 they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is
 removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with
 ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments.
 
 Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial
 will use the value that was configured last. As an example::
 
     [spam]
     eggs=large
     ham=serrano
     eggs=small
 
 This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``.
 
 It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can
 be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For
 example::
 
     [foo]
     eggs=large
     ham=serrano
     eggs=small
 
     [bar]
     eggs=ham
     green=
        eggs
 
     [foo]
     ham=prosciutto
     eggs=medium
     bread=toasted
 
 This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys
 of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``,
 respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last
 value that was set for each of the configuration keys.
 
 If a configuration key is set multiple times in different
 configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which
 the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier
 paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section
 above.
 
 A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the
 current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means
 that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to
 the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found.
 Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in
 ``file``. This lets you do something like::
 
   %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc
 
 to include a different configuration file on each computer you use.
 
 A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current
 section, if it has been set previously.
 
 The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings,
 or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1",
 "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off"
 (all case insensitive).
 
 List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are
 placed in double quotation marks::
 
   allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty
 
 Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only
 quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation
 (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``).
 
 Sections
 ========
 
 This section describes the different sections that may appear in a
 Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible
 keys, and their possible values.
 
 ``alias``
 ---------
 
 Defines command aliases.
 
 Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other
 commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional
 arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
 are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not
 already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the
 command to be executed.
 
 Alias definitions consist of lines of the form::
 
     <alias> = <command> [<argument>]...
 
 For example, this definition::
 
     latest = log --limit 5
 
 creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent
 changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones::
 
     stable5 = latest -b stable
 
 .. note::
 
    It is possible to create aliases with the same names as
    existing commands, which will then override the original
    definitions. This is almost always a bad idea!
 
 An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a
 shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you
 run arbitrary commands. As an example, ::
 
    echo = !echo $@
 
 will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your
 terminal. A better example might be::
 
    purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm -f
 
 which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the
 repository in the same manner as the purge extension.
 
 Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition
 expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are
 removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all
 arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all
 arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions
 happen before the command is passed to the shell.
 
 Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to
 the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is
 useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell
 alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition,
 ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg
 echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``.
 
 .. note::
 
    Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are
    processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to
    aliases.
 
 
 ``annotate``
 ------------
 
 Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are
 Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for
 related options for the diff command.
 
 ``ignorews``
     Ignore white space when comparing lines.
 
 ``ignorewsamount``
     Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
 
 ``ignoreblanklines``
     Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
 
 
 ``auth``
 --------
 
 Authentication credentials for HTTP authentication. This section
 allows you to store usernames and passwords for use when logging
 *into* HTTP servers. See :hg:`help config.web` if
 you want to configure *who* can login to your HTTP server.
 
 Each line has the following format::
 
     <name>.<argument> = <value>
 
 where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication
 entries. Example::
 
     foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial
     foo.username = foo
     foo.password = bar
     foo.schemes = http https
 
     bar.prefix = secure.example.org
     bar.key = path/to/file.key
     bar.cert = path/to/file.cert
     bar.schemes = https
 
 Supported arguments:
 
 ``prefix``
     Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part.
     The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used
     (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length
     1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed
     against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes
     argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted.
 
 ``username``
     Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the
     remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will
     be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the
     username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI
     includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching
     username or without a username will be considered.
 
 ``password``
     Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the
     remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user
     will be prompted for it.
 
 ``key``
     Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment
     variables are expanded in the filename.
 
 ``cert``
     Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment
     variables are expanded in the filename.
 
 ``schemes``
     Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this
     authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include
     a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match
     static-http and static-https respectively, as well.
     (default: https)
 
 If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted
 for credentials as usual if required by the remote.
 
+``color``
+---------
+
+Configure the Mercurial color mode. For details about how to define your custom
+effect and style see :hg:`help color`.
+
+``mode``
+    String: control the method used to output color. One of ``auto``, ``ansi``,
+    ``win32``, ``terminfo`` or ``debug``. In auto mode the color extension will
+    use ANSI mode by default (or win32 mode on Windows) if it detects a
+    terminal. Any invalid value will disable color.
+
+``pagermode``
+    String: optinal override of ``color.mode`` used with pager (from the pager
+    extensions).
+
+    On some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using
+    color with the pager extension and less -R. less with the -R option
+    will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes
+    emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by
+    either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will
+    pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control
+    codes).
+
+    On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support
+    a different color mode than the pager (activated via the "pager"
+    extension).
 
 ``committemplate``
 ------------------
 
 ``changeset``
     String: configuration in this section is used as the template to
     customize the text shown in the editor when committing.
 
 In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one
 below can be used for customization:
 
 ``extramsg``
     String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort
     commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions.
 
 For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as
 one shown by default::
 
     [committemplate]
     changeset = {desc}\n\n
         HG: Enter commit message.  Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
         HG: {extramsg}
         HG: --
         HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "",
        "HG: branch merge\n")
        }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark,
        "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n")   }{subrepos %
        "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n"              }{file_adds %
        "HG: added {file}\n"                   }{file_mods %
        "HG: changed {file}\n"                 }{file_dels %
        "HG: removed {file}\n"                 }{if(files, "",
        "HG: no files changed\n")}
 
 ``diff()``
     String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail)
 
 Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without
 having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For
 this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below
 it::
 
      HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
 
 For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the
 extra message::
 
     [committemplate]
     changeset = {desc}\n\n
         HG: Enter commit message.  Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed.
         HG: {extramsg}
         HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------
         HG: Do not touch the line above.
         HG: Everything below will be removed.
         {diff()}
 
 .. note::
 
    For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for
    detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to
    avoid showing broken characters.
 
    For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is
    followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template,
    the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly
    (and the multibyte character is broken, too).
 
 Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be
 required):
 
 - :hg:`backout`
 - :hg:`commit`
 - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only)
 - :hg:`graft`
 - :hg:`histedit`
 - :hg:`import`
 - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh`
 - :hg:`rebase`
 - :hg:`shelve`
 - :hg:`sign`
 - :hg:`tag`
 - :hg:`transplant`
 
 Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing
 customized message only for specific actions, or showing different
 messages for each action.
 
 - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout`
 - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges
 - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other
 - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges
 - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other
 - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit)
 - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign`
 - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft`
 - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit`
 - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit`
 - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit`
 - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit`
 - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass`
 - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges
 - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other
 - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew`
 - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold`
 - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh`
 - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse`
 - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges
 - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other
 - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve`
 - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove``
 - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove`
 - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges
 - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other
 
 These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones.
 For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message
 only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the
 commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option.
 
 When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding
 dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix
 (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment
 variable.
 
 In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from
 others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up
 below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``::
 
     [committemplate]
     listupfiles = {file_adds %
        "HG: added {file}\n"     }{file_mods %
        "HG: changed {file}\n"   }{file_dels %
        "HG: removed {file}\n"   }{if(files, "",
        "HG: no files changed\n")}
 
 ``decode/encode``
 -----------------
 
 Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would
 typically be used for newline processing or other
 localization/canonicalization of files.
 
 Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command.
 Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root.
 For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root
 directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending
 in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``.
 For each file only the first matching filter applies.
 
 The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or
 ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default.
 
 A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed
 data on stdout.
 
 Pipe example::
 
   [encode]
   # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression
   # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example
   *.gz = pipe: gunzip
 
   [decode]
   # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we
   # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default)
   *.gz = gzip
 
 A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced
 with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be
 filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name
 of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by
 the command.
 
 .. container:: windows
 
    .. note::
 
      The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems,
      where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have
      strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files.
 
 This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to
 translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF)
 format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience.
 
 
 ``defaults``
 ------------
 
 (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.)
 
 Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the
 default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands.
 
 The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and
 :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default::
 
   [defaults]
   log = -v
   status = -m
 
 The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when
 defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied
 to the aliases of the commands defined.
 
 
 ``diff``
 --------
 
 Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified``
 is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate`
 for related options for the annotate command.
 
 ``git``
     Use git extended diff format.
 
 ``nobinary``
     Omit git binary patches.
 
 ``nodates``
     Don't include dates in diff headers.
 
 ``noprefix``
     Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode.
 
 ``showfunc``
     Show which function each change is in.
 
 ``ignorews``
     Ignore white space when comparing lines.
 
 ``ignorewsamount``
     Ignore changes in the amount of white space.
 
 ``ignoreblanklines``
     Ignore changes whose lines are all blank.
 
 ``unified``
     Number of lines of context to show.
 
 ``email``
 ---------
 
 Settings for extensions that send email messages.
 
 ``from``
     Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope
     of outgoing messages.
 
 ``to``
     Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses.
 
 ``cc``
     Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients'
     email addresses.
 
 ``bcc``
     Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients'
     email addresses.
 
 ``method``
     Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp``
     (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration).
     Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail
     (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line,
     message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or
     ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages.
 
 ``charsets``
     Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered
     convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not
     containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the
     first character set to which conversion from local encoding
     (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct
     conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is.
     (default: '')
 
     Order of outgoing email character sets:
 
     1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings
     2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user
     3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets
     4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets
     5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings
 
 Email example::
 
   [email]
   from = Joseph User <[e-mail]>
   method = /usr/sbin/sendmail
   # charsets for western Europeans
   # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last
   charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252
 
 
 ``extensions``
 --------------
 
 Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To
 enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section.
 
 If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path,
 you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing
 after the ``=``.
 
 Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by
 the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that
 defines the extension.
 
 To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of
 broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path``
 or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied.
 
 Example for ``~/.hgrc``::
 
   [extensions]
   # (the color extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path)
   color =
   # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified)
   myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
 
 
 ``format``
 ----------
 
 ``usegeneraldelta``
     Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves
     repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store delta against arbitrary
     revision instead of the previous stored one. This provides significant
     improvement for repositories with branches.
 
     Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9.
 
     Enabled by default.
 
 ``dotencode``
     Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances
     the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
     dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with ._ on
     Mac OS X and spaces on Windows.
 
     Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7.
 
     Enabled by default.
 
 ``usefncache``
     Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances
     the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use
     fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows
     reserved names, e.g. "nul".
 
     Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1.
 
     Enabled by default.
 
 ``usestore``
     Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves
     compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle
     filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames
     in some situations at the expense of compatibility.
 
     Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4.
 
     Enabled by default.
 
 ``graph``
 ---------
 
 Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph
 elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the
 ``default`` branch stand out.
 
 Each line has the following format::
 
     <branch>.<argument> = <value>
 
 where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being
 customized. Example::
 
     [graph]
     # 2px width
     default.width = 2
     # red color
     default.color = FF0000
 
 Supported arguments:
 
 ``width``
     Set branch edges width in pixels.
 
 ``color``
     Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation.
 
 ``hooks``
 ---------
 
 Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by
 various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple
 hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the
 action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its
 value or setting it to an empty string.  Hooks can be prioritized
 by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line
 and setting the priority. The default priority is 0.
 
 Example ``.hg/hgrc``::
 
   [hooks]
   # update working directory after adding changesets
   changegroup.update = hg update
   # do not use the site-wide hook
   incoming =
   incoming.email = /my/email/hook
   incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook
   # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks
   priority.incoming.autobuild = 1
 
 Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful
 additional information. For each hook below, the environment
 variables it is passed are listed with names of the form ``$HG_foo``.
 
 ``changegroup``
   Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle.  ID of the
   first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. URL
   from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
 
 ``commit``
   Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. ID
   of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
   IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
 
 ``incoming``
   Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into
   the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in
   ``$HG_NODE``. URL that was source of changes came is in ``$HG_URL``.
 
 ``outgoing``
   Run after sending changes from local repository to another. ID of
   first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. Source of operation is in
   ``$HG_SOURCE``; Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing` hook.
 
 ``post-<command>``
   Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The
   contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result
   code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as
   ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of
   the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a
   dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults).
   ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored.
 
 ``fail-<command>``
   Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents
   of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line
   arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain
   string representations of the python data internally passed to
   <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified
   options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments.
   Hook failure is ignored.
 
 ``pre-<command>``
   Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the
   command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments
   are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string
   representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS``
   is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their
   defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns
   failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure
   code.
 
 ``prechangegroup``
   Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit
   status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. Non-zero status will
   cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. URL from which changes
   will come is in ``$HG_URL``.
 
 ``precommit``
   Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the
   commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the commit to fail.
   Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
 
 ``prelistkeys``
   Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the
   repository. Non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is
   in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``.
 
 ``preoutgoing``
   Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to
   another. Non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent
   pull over HTTP or SSH. Also prevents against local pull, push
   (outbound) or bundle commands, but not effective, since you can
   just copy files instead then. Source of operation is in
   ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", operation is happening on behalf of remote
   SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", operation
   is happening on behalf of repository on same system.
 
 ``prepushkey``
   Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
   repository. Non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The
   key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``,
   the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in
   ``$HG_NEW``.
 
 ``pretag``
   Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be
   created. Non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. ID of
   changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. Name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. Tag is
   local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, in repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
 
 ``pretxnopen``
   Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the
   transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME`` and a unique identifier for the
   transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the
   transaction from being opened.
 
 ``pretxnclose``
   Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change
   will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction
   content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. Non-zero
   status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the
   transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME`` and a unique identifier for
   the transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will
   vary according the transaction type. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE`` (id
   of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (id of the last added
   changeset), ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE`` variables, bookmarks and phases
   changes will set ``HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and ``HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1``, etc.
 
 ``txnclose``
   Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this
   point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run
   after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` docs for
   details about available variables.
 
 ``txnabort``
   Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose`
   docs for details about available variables.
 
 ``pretxnchangegroup``
   Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before
   the transaction has been committed. Changegroup is visible to hook program.
   This lets you validate incoming changes before accepting them. Passed the ID
   of the first new changeset in ``$HG_NODE`` and last in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``.
   Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. Non-zero status will cause
   the transaction to be rolled back and the push, pull or unbundle will fail.
   URL that was source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``.
 
 ``pretxncommit``
   Run after a changeset has been created but the transaction not yet
   committed. Changeset is visible to hook program. This lets you
   validate commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the
   commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the transaction to
   be rolled back. ID of changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset
   IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``.
 
 ``preupdate``
   Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows
   the update to proceed. Non-zero status will prevent the update.
   Changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If merge, ID
   of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``.
 
 ``listkeys``
   Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The
   key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a
   dictionary containing the keys and values.
 
 ``pushkey``
   Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the
   repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in
   ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new
   value is in ``$HG_NEW``.
 
 ``tag``
   Run after a tag is created. ID of tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``.
   Name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. Tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, in
   repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``.
 
 ``update``
   Run after updating the working directory. Changeset ID of first
   new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If merge, ID of second new parent is
   in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the
   update failed (e.g. because conflicts not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``.
 
 .. note::
 
    It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the
    generic pre- and post- command hooks as they are guaranteed to be
    called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions.
    Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that
    generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command.
 
 .. note::
 
    Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to
    hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2``
    will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge
    changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows.
 
 The syntax for Python hooks is as follows::
 
   hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable
   hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable
 
 Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is
 called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword
 ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype``
 keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as
 environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no
 ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case.
 
 If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this
 is treated as a failure.
 
 
 ``hostfingerprints``
 --------------------
 
 (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.)
 
 Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers.
 
 A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will
 only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint.
 This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works.
 
 The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate.
 Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can
 be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions
 to a new certificate.
 
 The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint.
 
 For example::
 
     [hostfingerprints]
     hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
     hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
 
 ``hostsecurity``
 ----------------
 
 Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to
 other machines.
 
 The following options control default behavior for all hosts.
 
 ``ciphers``
     Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections.
 
     Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at
     https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT.
 
     This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values
     can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance.
     You have been warned.
 
     This option requires Python 2.7.
 
 ``minimumprotocol``
     Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use.
 
     By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server
     is used.
 
     Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``.
 
     When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since
     old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0.
 
     When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is
     ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this
     weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if
     a server does not support TLS 1.1+.
 
 Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form
 ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a
 per-host basis.
 
 The following per-host settings can be defined.
 
 ``ciphers``
     This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies
     to the host on which it is defined.
 
 ``fingerprints``
     A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have
     the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g.
     ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``.
 
     The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``,
     ``sha512``.
 
     Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred.
 
     If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this
     host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one
     of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its
     certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined.
     This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation
     at the expense of convenience.
 
     This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``.
 
 ``minimumprotocol``
     This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it
     only applies to the host on which it is defined.
 
 ``verifycertsfile``
     Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to
     verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user``
     constructs are expanded in the filename.
 
     The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA)
     must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification
     will fail and connections to the server will be refused.
 
     If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used:
     ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be
     used.
 
     This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option
     is set.
 
     The format of the file is as follows::
 
         -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
         ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
         -----END CERTIFICATE-----
         -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
         ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
         -----END CERTIFICATE-----
 
 For example::
 
     [hostsecurity]
     hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2
     hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33
     foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem
 
 To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1
 when connecting to ``hg.example.com``::
 
     [hostsecurity]
     minimumprotocol = tls1.2
     hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1
 
 ``http_proxy``
 --------------
 
 Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP
 proxy.
 
 ``host``
     Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
     "myproxy:8000".
 
 ``no``
     Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass
     the proxy.
 
 ``passwd``
     Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server.
 
 ``user``
     Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server.
 
 ``always``
     Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries
     in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False)
 
 ``merge``
 ---------
 
 This section specifies behavior during merges and updates.
 
 ``checkignored``
    Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked
    file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different
    contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``,
    abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as
    ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as
    ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``)
 
 ``checkunknown``
    Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name
    as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has
    different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that
    are not ignored. (default: ``abort``)
 
 ``merge-patterns``
 ------------------
 
 This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file
 patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default
 merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository
 root.
 
 Example::
 
   [merge-patterns]
   **.c = kdiff3
   **.jpg = myimgmerge
 
 ``merge-tools``
 ---------------
 
 This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level
 merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time.
 Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration.
 Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details.
 
 Example ``~/.hgrc``::
 
   [merge-tools]
   # Override stock tool location
   kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3
   # Specify command line
   kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output
   # Give higher priority
   kdiff3.priority = 1
 
   # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool
   meld.priority = 0
 
   # Disable a preconfigured tool
   vimdiff.disabled = yes
 
   # Define new tool
   myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output
   myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge
   myHtmlTool.priority = 1
 
 Supported arguments:
 
 ``priority``
   The priority in which to evaluate this tool.
   (default: 0)
 
 ``executable``
   Either just the name of the executable or its pathname.
 
   .. container:: windows
 
     On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles}
     syntax.
 
   (default: the tool name)
 
 ``args``
   The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the
   files being merged as well as the output file through these
   variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``. The meaning
   of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is being
   performed. During and update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original
   state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating
   to or the commit you are merging with. During a rebase ``$local``
   represents the destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the
   commit being rebased.
   (default: ``$local $base $other``)
 
 ``premerge``
   Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before
   launching external tool.  Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep`` or
   ``keep-merge3``. The ``keep`` option will leave markers in the file if the
   premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3`` will do the same but include information
   about the base of the merge in the marker (see internal :merge3 in
   :hg:`help merge-tools`).
   (default: True)
 
 ``binary``
   This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool
   was selected by file pattern match)
 
 ``symlink``
   This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False)
 
 ``check``
   A list of merge success-checking options:
 
   ``changed``
     Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes.
   ``conflicts``
     Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success.
   ``prompt``
     Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool.
 
 ``fixeol``
   Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool.
   (default: False)
 
 ``gui``
   This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False)
 
 .. container:: windows
 
   ``regkey``
     Windows registry key which describes install location of this
     tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under
     ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``.
     (default: None)
 
   ``regkeyalt``
     An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not
     found.  The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend``
     semantics of the primary key.  The most common use for this key
     is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems.
     (default: None)
 
   ``regname``
     Name of value to read from specified registry key.
     (default: the unnamed (default) value)
 
   ``regappend``
     String to append to the value read from the registry, typically
     the executable name of the tool.
     (default: None)
 
 
 ``patch``
 ---------
 
 Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import'
 command or with Mercurial Queues extension.
 
 ``eol``
     When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines
     are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of
     lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are
     normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to
     ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line
     endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting
     on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end
     of line, patch line endings are preserved.
     (default: strict)
 
 ``fuzz``
     The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This
     controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when
     trying to apply a patch.
     (default: 2)
 
 ``paths``
 ---------
 
 Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories.
 
 Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the
 location of the repository. Example::
 
     [paths]
     my_server = https://example.com/my_repo
     local_path = /home/me/repo
 
 These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull
 from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``:
 :hg:`push local_path`.
 
 Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence
 behavior for that specific path. Example::
 
     [paths]
     my_server = https://example.com/my_path
     my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path
 
 The following sub-options can be defined:
 
 ``pushurl``
    The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location
    defined by the path's main entry is used.
 
 ``pushrev``
    A revset defining which revisions to push by default.
 
    When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset
    defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push.
 
    For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's
    revision by default.
 
    Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being
    pushed.
 
 The following special named paths exist:
 
 ``default``
    The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified.
 
    :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the
    repository was cloned from.
 
 ``default-push``
    (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location.
    ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead.
 
 ``phases``
 ----------
 
 Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more
 information about working with phases.
 
 ``publish``
     Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true,
     pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and
     pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client.
     (default: True)
 
 ``new-commit``
     Phase of newly-created commits.
     (default: draft)
 
 ``checksubrepos``
     Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed
     values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than
     "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is
     checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is
     greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a
     "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is
     either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is
     used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow").
     (default: follow)
 
 
 ``profiling``
 -------------
 
 Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are
 supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling
 profiler (named ``stat``).
 
 In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data
 collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a
 statistical text report generated from the profiling data. The
 profiling is done using lsprof.
 
 ``enabled``
     Enable the profiler.
     (default: false)
 
     This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line.
 
 ``type``
     The type of profiler to use.
     (default: stat)
 
     ``ls``
       Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler
       works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the
       first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to
       identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function.
     ``stat``
       Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most
       useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1
       seconds.
 
 ``format``
     Profiling format.  Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
     (default: text)
 
     ``text``
       Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be
       noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is
       not kept.
     ``kcachegrind``
       Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a
       file, the generated file can directly be loaded into
       kcachegrind.
 
 ``statformat``
     Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler.
     (default: hotpath)
 
     ``hotpath``
       Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where
       most time was spent).
     ``bymethod``
       Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active.
     ``byline``
       Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active.
     ``json``
       Render profiling data as JSON.
 
 ``frequency``
     Sampling frequency.  Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler.
     (default: 1000)
 
 ``output``
     File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the
     file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on
     stderr)
 
 ``sort``
     Sort field.  Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
     One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and
     ``inlinetime``.
     (default: inlinetime)
 
 ``limit``
     Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
     (default: 30)
 
 ``nested``
     Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry.
     This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline.
     Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler.
     (default: 5)
 
 ``progress``
 ------------
 
 Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as
 possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others
 have a definite end point.
 
 ``delay``
     Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3)
 
 ``changedelay``
     Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh,
     that value will be used instead. (default: 1)
 
 ``refresh``
     Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1)
 
 ``format``
     Format of the progress bar.
 
     Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``,
     ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the
     last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either
     ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the
     first num characters.
 
     (default: topic bar number estimate)
 
 ``width``
     If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width,
     term width) will be used).
 
 ``clear-complete``
     Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True)
 
 ``disable``
     If true, don't show a progress bar.
 
 ``assume-tty``
     If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given.
 
 ``rebase``
 ----------
 
 ``allowdivergence``
     Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing
     rebase of obsolete changesets.
 
 ``revsetalias``
 ---------------
 
 Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details.
 
 ``server``
 ----------
 
 Controls generic server settings.
 
 ``compressionengines``
     List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise
     to clients.
 
     The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first
     having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed
     here, it won't be advertised to clients.
 
     If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run
     :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their
     default wire protocol priority.
 
     Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting
     has no effect for legacy clients.
 
 ``uncompressed``
     Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the
     uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more
     data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both
     server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast
     WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a
     regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than
     about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the
     extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold
     the write lock while determining what data to transfer.
     (default: True)
 
 ``preferuncompressed``
     When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming
     protocol. (default: False)
 
 ``validate``
     Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by
     checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are
     present. (default: False)
 
 ``maxhttpheaderlen``
     Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this
     many bytes. (default: 1024)
 
 ``bundle1``
     Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1
     exchange format. (default: True)
 
 ``bundle1gd``
     Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the
     *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
 
 ``bundle1.push``
     Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange
     format. (default: True)
 
 ``bundle1gd.push``
     Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the
     *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
 
 ``bundle1.pull``
     Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange
     format. (default: True)
 
 ``bundle1gd.pull``
     Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the
     *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True)
 
     Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should
     consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta*
     repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data
     format can consume a lot of CPU.
 
 ``zliblevel``
     Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level
     for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the
     commands that send repository history data).
 
     The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is
     likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means
     maximum compression.
 
     Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between
     bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization
     but sends more bytes to clients.
 
     This option only impacts the HTTP server.
 
 ``zstdlevel``
     Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level
     for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and
     ``22`` is the highest amount of compression.
 
     The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely
     delivering better compression ratios.
 
     This option only impacts the HTTP server.
 
     See also ``server.zliblevel``.
 
 ``smtp``
 --------
 
 Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages.
 
 ``host``
     Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
 
 ``port``
     Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if
     ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise)
 
 ``tls``
     Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls,
     smtps or none. (default: none)
 
 ``username``
     Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server.
     (default: None)
 
 ``password``
     Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not
     specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a
     password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None)
 
 ``local_hostname``
     Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify
     itself to the MTA.
 
 
 ``subpaths``
 ------------
 
 Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name
 or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define
 rewrite rules of the form::
 
     <pattern> = <replacement>
 
 where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository
 source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to
 rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in
 ``replacements``. For instance::
 
     http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/
 
 rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``.
 
 Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the
 rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern``
 doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the
 relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order.
 
 ``templatealias``
 -----------------
 
 Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details.
 
 ``templates``
 -------------
 
 Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings.
 See :hg:`help templates` for details.
 
 ``trusted``
 -----------
 
 Mercurial will not use the settings in the
 ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted
 user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary
 commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring
 hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However,
 the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]``
 section.
 
 This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The
 current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a
 group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an
 *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the
 user or service running Mercurial.
 
 ``users``
   Comma-separated list of trusted users.
 
 ``groups``
   Comma-separated list of trusted groups.
 
 
 ``ui``
 ------
 
 User interface controls.
 
 ``archivemeta``
     Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data
     (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created
     by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb.
     (default: True)
 
 ``askusername``
     Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and
     neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will
     be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the
     default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead.
     (default: False)
 
 ``clonebundles``
     Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled.
 
     When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised
     bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism.
 
     This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones.
 
     (default: True)
 
 ``clonebundlefallback``
     Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server
     should result in fallback to a regular clone.
 
     This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone
     bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles
     start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular
     clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server
     since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to
     pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures
     clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application
     fails.
 
     (default: False)
 
 ``clonebundleprefers``
     Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use.
 
     Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available
     bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle
     type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular
     bundle over another.
 
     The following keys are defined by Mercurial:
 
     BUNDLESPEC
        A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`.
        e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``.
 
     COMPRESSION
        The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``.
 
     Server operators may define custom keys.
 
     Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``,
     ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``.
 
     By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used.
 
+``color``
+    String: when to use to colorize output. possible value are auto, always,
+    never, or debug (default: never). 'auto' will use color whenever it seems
+    possible. See :hg:`help color` for details.
+
+    (in addition a boolean can be used in place always/never)
+
 ``commitsubrepos``
     Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the
     parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted
     changes, abort the commit.
     (default: False)
 
 ``debug``
     Print debugging information. (default: False)
 
 ``editor``
     The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``)
 
 ``fallbackencoding``
     Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using
     UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1)
 
 ``graphnodetemplate``
     The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph.
     (default: ``{graphnode}``)
 
 ``ignore``
     A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be
     in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames
     are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax,
     so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by
     setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details
     of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page.
 
 ``interactive``
     Allow to prompt the user. (default: True)
 
 ``interface``
     Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text).
     Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
 
 ``interface.chunkselector``
     Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`).
     Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'.
     This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface.
 
 ``logtemplate``
     Template string for commands that print changesets.
 
 ``merge``
     The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge.
     For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`.
     For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section.
 
 ``mergemarkers``
     Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed``
     style uses the ``mergemarkertemplate`` setting to style the labels.
     The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label.
     One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``.
     (default: ``basic``)
 
 ``mergemarkertemplate``
     The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict
     marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template
     format.
 
     Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and
     the first line of the commit description.
 
     If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks,
     authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of
     managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding
     specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other
     environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge
     markers is different from the encoding of the merged files,
     serious problems may occur.
 
 ``origbackuppath``
     The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is
     not a directory, one will be created.
 
 ``patch``
     An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions
     will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an
     internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common
     Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p``
     argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the
     current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take
     from stdin.
 
     It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra
     arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge``
     will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option.
 
 ``portablefilenames``
     Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``.
     (default: ``warn``)
 
     ``warn``
       Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable
       filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on
       Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved
       characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing
       file).
 
     ``ignore``
       Don't print a warning.
 
     ``abort``
       The command is aborted.
 
     ``true``
       Alias for ``warn``.
 
     ``false``
       Alias for ``ignore``.
 
     .. container:: windows
 
       On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted.
 
 ``quiet``
     Reduce the amount of output printed.
     (default: False)
 
 ``remotecmd``
     Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations.
     (default: ``hg``)
 
 ``report_untrusted``
     Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a
     trusted user or group.
     (default: True)
 
 ``slash``
     Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This
     only makes a difference on systems where the default path
     separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the
     backslash character (``\``)).
     (default: False)
 
 ``statuscopies``
     Display copies in the status command.
 
 ``ssh``
     Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``)
 
 ``strict``
     Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous
     abbreviations. (default: False)
 
 ``style``
     Name of style to use for command output.
 
 ``supportcontact``
     A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a
     large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash
     reports should be addressed to your internal support.
 
 ``textwidth``
     Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or
     ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this
     width or the terminal width, whichever comes first.
     A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be
     used. (default: 78)
 
 ``timeout``
     The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value
     means no timeout. (default: 600)
 
 ``traceback``
     Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception
     occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback
     on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as
     IOError or MemoryError). (default: False)
 
 ``username``
     The committer of a changeset created when running "commit".
     Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget
     <[e-mail]>``. Environment variables in the
     username are expanded.
 
     (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in
     hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the
     system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different
     hgrc file)
 
 ``verbose``
     Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False)
 
 
 ``web``
 -------
 
 Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to
 both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you
 run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI
 and WSGI).
 
 The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for
 usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do
 authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users*
 based on settings in this section). You must either configure your
 webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization
 checks.
 
 For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where
 you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following
 command line::
 
     $ hg --config web.allow_push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve
 
 Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and
 that this should not be used for public servers.
 
 The full set of options is:
 
 ``accesslog``
     Where to output the access log. (default: stdout)
 
 ``address``
     Interface address to bind to. (default: all)
 
 ``allow_archive``
     List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading.
     (default: empty)
 
 ``allowbz2``
     (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository
     revisions.
     (default: False)
 
 ``allowgz``
     (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository
     revisions.
     (default: False)
 
 ``allowpull``
     Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True)
 
 ``allow_push``
     Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
     pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote
     user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the
     remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated
     user name must be present in this list. The contents of the
     allow_push list are examined after the deny_push list.
 
 ``allow_read``
     If the user has not already been denied repository access due to
     the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant
     repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the
     user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is
     denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access
     is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the
     special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access
     is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are
     examined after the deny_read list.
 
 ``allowzip``
     (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository
     revisions. This feature creates temporary files.
     (default: False)
 
 ``archivesubrepos``
     Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving.
     (default: False)
 
 ``baseurl``
     Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so
     third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct
     URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``.
 
 ``cacerts``
     Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate
     authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user``
     constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the
     client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers
     with these certificates.
 
     To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from
     command line.
 
     You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has
     one. On most Linux systems this will be
     ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to
     generate this file manually. The form must be as follows::
 
         -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
         ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
         -----END CERTIFICATE-----
         -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
         ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ...
         -----END CERTIFICATE-----
 
 ``cache``
     Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True)
 
 ``certificate``
     Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`.
 
 ``collapse``
     With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at
     a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With
     ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than
     the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that
     lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting
     collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory
     into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False)
 
 ``comparisoncontext``
     Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If
     negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5)
 
     This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the
     ``comparison`` command, taking the same values.
 
 ``contact``
     Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository.
     (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty)
 
 ``csp``
     Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value.
 
     The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced
     by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains
     ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the
     one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into
     ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript.
 
     Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository
     data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to
     "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security
     threat model.
 
 ``deny_push``
     Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set,
     push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are
     denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and
     any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The
     contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow_push list.
 
 ``deny_read``
     Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is
     not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any
     authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to
     the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users
     are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set,
     the determination of repository access depends on the presence and
     content of the allow_read list (see description). If both
     deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is
     permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being
     served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in
     the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have
     priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read
     list.
 
 ``descend``
     hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories
     directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still
     available from the index corresponding to their containing path).
 
 ``description``
     Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents.
     (default: "unknown")
 
 ``encoding``
     Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset)
     Example: "UTF-8".
 
 ``errorlog``
     Where to output the error log. (default: stderr)
 
 ``guessmime``
     Control MIME types for raw download of file content.
     Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file
     extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might
     allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted
     repositories. (default: False)
 
 ``hidden``
     Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index.
     (default: False)
 
 ``ipv6``
     Whether to use IPv6. (default: False)
 
 ``labels``
     List of string *labels* associated with the repository.
 
     Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize
     output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories
     by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content
     if a specific label is present.
 
 ``logoimg``
     File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page.
     The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to
     the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg".
     If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used.
 
 ``logourl``
     Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/``
     will be used.
 
 ``maxchanges``
     Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10)
 
 ``maxfiles``
     Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10)
 
 ``maxshortchanges``
     Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog
     pages. (default: 60)
 
 ``name``
     Repository name to use in the web interface.
     (default: current working directory)
 
 ``port``
     Port to listen on. (default: 8000)
 
 ``prefix``
     Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root))
 
 ``push_ssl``
     Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to
     prevent password sniffing. (default: True)
 
 ``refreshinterval``
     How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new
     repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used
     to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is
     required, refreshing may negatively impact performance.
 
     Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh.
     (default: 20)
 
 ``staticurl``
     Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the
     hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use
     this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server.
     Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``.
 
 ``stripes``
     How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output.
     Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1)
 
 ``style``
     Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of
     subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``)
     Example: ``monoblue``.
 
 ``templates``
     Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates
     can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``.
 
 ``websub``
 ----------
 
 Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to
 define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which
 let you automatically modify the hgweb server output.
 
 The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns
 on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere
 you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the
 "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter).
 
 This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links
 to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into
 HTML (see the examples below).
 
 Each entry in this section names a substitution filter.
 The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself.
 The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax,
 which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax::
 
     patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i]
 
 You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional
 and indicates that the search must be case insensitive.
 
 Examples::
 
     [websub]
     issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i
     italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/
     bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/
 
 ``worker``
 ----------
 
 Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working
 directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly
 helps performance.
 
 ``numcpus``
     Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or
     negative value is treated as ``use the default``.
     (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger)
 
 ``backgroundclose``
     Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain
     operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file
     handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing
     on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially.
     (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere)
 
 ``backgroundcloseminfilecount``
     Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing.
     Operations not writing this many files won't start background close
     threads.
     (default: 2048)
 
 ``backgroundclosemaxqueue``
     The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the
     background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is
     enabled.
     (default: 384)
 
 ``backgroundclosethreadcount``
     Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if
     ``backgroundclose`` is enabled.
     (default: 4)

tests/test-extension.t

@@ -1,1551 +1,1551 b''
 Test basic extension support
 
   $ cat > foobar.py <<EOF
   > import os
   > from mercurial import cmdutil, commands
   > cmdtable = {}
   > command = cmdutil.command(cmdtable)
   > def uisetup(ui):
   >     ui.write("uisetup called\\n")
   >     ui.flush()
   > def reposetup(ui, repo):
   >     ui.write("reposetup called for %s\\n" % os.path.basename(repo.root))
   >     ui.write("ui %s= repo.ui\\n" % (ui == repo.ui and "=" or "!"))
   >     ui.flush()
   > @command('foo', [], 'hg foo')
   > def foo(ui, *args, **kwargs):
   >     ui.write("Foo\\n")
   > @command('bar', [], 'hg bar', norepo=True)
   > def bar(ui, *args, **kwargs):
   >     ui.write("Bar\\n")
   > EOF
   $ abspath=`pwd`/foobar.py
 
   $ mkdir barfoo
   $ cp foobar.py barfoo/__init__.py
   $ barfoopath=`pwd`/barfoo
 
   $ hg init a
   $ cd a
   $ echo foo > file
   $ hg add file
   $ hg commit -m 'add file'
 
   $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH
   $ echo "foobar = $abspath" >> $HGRCPATH
   $ hg foo
   uisetup called
   reposetup called for a
   ui == repo.ui
   Foo
 
   $ cd ..
   $ hg clone a b
   uisetup called
   reposetup called for a
   ui == repo.ui
   reposetup called for b
   ui == repo.ui
   updating to branch default
   1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved
 
   $ hg bar
   uisetup called
   Bar
   $ echo 'foobar = !' >> $HGRCPATH
 
 module/__init__.py-style
 
   $ echo "barfoo = $barfoopath" >> $HGRCPATH
   $ cd a
   $ hg foo
   uisetup called
   reposetup called for a
   ui == repo.ui
   Foo
   $ echo 'barfoo = !' >> $HGRCPATH
 
 Check that extensions are loaded in phases:
 
   $ cat > foo.py <<EOF
   > import os
   > name = os.path.basename(__file__).rsplit('.', 1)[0]
   > print "1) %s imported" % name
   > def uisetup(ui):
   >     print "2) %s uisetup" % name
   > def extsetup():
   >     print "3) %s extsetup" % name
   > def reposetup(ui, repo):
   >    print "4) %s reposetup" % name
   > EOF
 
   $ cp foo.py bar.py
   $ echo 'foo = foo.py' >> $HGRCPATH
   $ echo 'bar = bar.py' >> $HGRCPATH
 
 Command with no output, we just want to see the extensions loaded:
 
   $ hg paths
   1) foo imported
   1) bar imported
   2) foo uisetup
   2) bar uisetup
   3) foo extsetup
   3) bar extsetup
   4) foo reposetup
   4) bar reposetup
 
 Check hgweb's load order:
 
   $ cat > hgweb.cgi <<EOF
   > #!/usr/bin/env python
   > from mercurial import demandimport; demandimport.enable()
   > from mercurial.hgweb import hgweb
   > from mercurial.hgweb import wsgicgi
   > application = hgweb('.', 'test repo')
   > wsgicgi.launch(application)
   > EOF
 
   $ REQUEST_METHOD='GET' PATH_INFO='/' SCRIPT_NAME='' QUERY_STRING='' \
   >    SERVER_PORT='80' SERVER_NAME='localhost' python hgweb.cgi \
   >    | grep '^[0-9]) ' # ignores HTML output
   1) foo imported
   1) bar imported
   2) foo uisetup
   2) bar uisetup
   3) foo extsetup
   3) bar extsetup
   4) foo reposetup
   4) bar reposetup
 
   $ echo 'foo = !' >> $HGRCPATH
   $ echo 'bar = !' >> $HGRCPATH
 
 Check "from __future__ import absolute_import" support for external libraries
 
 #if windows
   $ PATHSEP=";"
 #else
   $ PATHSEP=":"
 #endif
   $ export PATHSEP
 
   $ mkdir $TESTTMP/libroot
   $ echo "s = 'libroot/ambig.py'" > $TESTTMP/libroot/ambig.py
   $ mkdir $TESTTMP/libroot/mod
   $ touch $TESTTMP/libroot/mod/__init__.py
   $ echo "s = 'libroot/mod/ambig.py'" > $TESTTMP/libroot/mod/ambig.py
 
 #if absimport
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/libroot/mod/ambigabs.py <<EOF
   > from __future__ import absolute_import
   > import ambig # should load "libroot/ambig.py"
   > s = ambig.s
   > EOF
   $ cat > loadabs.py <<EOF
   > import mod.ambigabs as ambigabs
   > def extsetup():
   >     print 'ambigabs.s=%s' % ambigabs.s
   > EOF
   $ (PYTHONPATH=${PYTHONPATH}${PATHSEP}${TESTTMP}/libroot; hg --config extensions.loadabs=loadabs.py root)
   ambigabs.s=libroot/ambig.py
   $TESTTMP/a (glob)
 #endif
 
 #if no-py3k
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/libroot/mod/ambigrel.py <<EOF
   > import ambig # should load "libroot/mod/ambig.py"
   > s = ambig.s
   > EOF
   $ cat > loadrel.py <<EOF
   > import mod.ambigrel as ambigrel
   > def extsetup():
   >     print 'ambigrel.s=%s' % ambigrel.s
   > EOF
   $ (PYTHONPATH=${PYTHONPATH}${PATHSEP}${TESTTMP}/libroot; hg --config extensions.loadrel=loadrel.py root)
   ambigrel.s=libroot/mod/ambig.py
   $TESTTMP/a (glob)
 #endif
 
 Check absolute/relative import of extension specific modules
 
   $ mkdir $TESTTMP/extroot
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/extroot/bar.py <<EOF
   > s = 'this is extroot.bar'
   > EOF
   $ mkdir $TESTTMP/extroot/sub1
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/extroot/sub1/__init__.py <<EOF
   > s = 'this is extroot.sub1.__init__'
   > EOF
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/extroot/sub1/baz.py <<EOF
   > s = 'this is extroot.sub1.baz'
   > EOF
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/extroot/__init__.py <<EOF
   > s = 'this is extroot.__init__'
   > import foo
   > def extsetup(ui):
   >     ui.write('(extroot) ', foo.func(), '\n')
   >     ui.flush()
   > EOF
 
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/extroot/foo.py <<EOF
   > # test absolute import
   > buf = []
   > def func():
   >     # "not locals" case
   >     import extroot.bar
   >     buf.append('import extroot.bar in func(): %s' % extroot.bar.s)
   >     return '\n(extroot) '.join(buf)
   > # "fromlist == ('*',)" case
   > from extroot.bar import *
   > buf.append('from extroot.bar import *: %s' % s)
   > # "not fromlist" and "if '.' in name" case
   > import extroot.sub1.baz
   > buf.append('import extroot.sub1.baz: %s' % extroot.sub1.baz.s)
   > # "not fromlist" and NOT "if '.' in name" case
   > import extroot
   > buf.append('import extroot: %s' % extroot.s)
   > # NOT "not fromlist" and NOT "level != -1" case
   > from extroot.bar import s
   > buf.append('from extroot.bar import s: %s' % s)
   > EOF
   $ (PYTHONPATH=${PYTHONPATH}${PATHSEP}${TESTTMP}; hg --config extensions.extroot=$TESTTMP/extroot root)
   (extroot) from extroot.bar import *: this is extroot.bar
   (extroot) import extroot.sub1.baz: this is extroot.sub1.baz
   (extroot) import extroot: this is extroot.__init__
   (extroot) from extroot.bar import s: this is extroot.bar
   (extroot) import extroot.bar in func(): this is extroot.bar
   $TESTTMP/a (glob)
 
 #if no-py3k
   $ rm "$TESTTMP"/extroot/foo.*
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/extroot/foo.py <<EOF
   > # test relative import
   > buf = []
   > def func():
   >     # "not locals" case
   >     import bar
   >     buf.append('import bar in func(): %s' % bar.s)
   >     return '\n(extroot) '.join(buf)
   > # "fromlist == ('*',)" case
   > from bar import *
   > buf.append('from bar import *: %s' % s)
   > # "not fromlist" and "if '.' in name" case
   > import sub1.baz
   > buf.append('import sub1.baz: %s' % sub1.baz.s)
   > # "not fromlist" and NOT "if '.' in name" case
   > import sub1
   > buf.append('import sub1: %s' % sub1.s)
   > # NOT "not fromlist" and NOT "level != -1" case
   > from bar import s
   > buf.append('from bar import s: %s' % s)
   > EOF
   $ hg --config extensions.extroot=$TESTTMP/extroot root
   (extroot) from bar import *: this is extroot.bar
   (extroot) import sub1.baz: this is extroot.sub1.baz
   (extroot) import sub1: this is extroot.sub1.__init__
   (extroot) from bar import s: this is extroot.bar
   (extroot) import bar in func(): this is extroot.bar
   $TESTTMP/a (glob)
 #endif
 
 #if demandimport absimport
 
 Examine whether module loading is delayed until actual referring, even
 though module is imported with "absolute_import" feature.
 
 Files below in each packages are used for described purpose:
 
 - "called": examine whether "from MODULE import ATTR" works correctly
 - "unused": examine whether loading is delayed correctly
 - "used":   examine whether "from PACKAGE import MODULE" works correctly
 
 Package hierarchy is needed to examine whether demand importing works
 as expected for "from SUB.PACK.AGE import MODULE".
 
 Setup "external library" to be imported with "absolute_import"
 feature.
 
   $ mkdir -p $TESTTMP/extlibroot/lsub1/lsub2
   $ touch $TESTTMP/extlibroot/__init__.py
   $ touch $TESTTMP/extlibroot/lsub1/__init__.py
   $ touch $TESTTMP/extlibroot/lsub1/lsub2/__init__.py
 
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/extlibroot/lsub1/lsub2/called.py <<EOF
   > def func():
   >     return "this is extlibroot.lsub1.lsub2.called.func()"
   > EOF
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/extlibroot/lsub1/lsub2/unused.py <<EOF
   > raise Exception("extlibroot.lsub1.lsub2.unused is loaded unintentionally")
   > EOF
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/extlibroot/lsub1/lsub2/used.py <<EOF
   > detail = "this is extlibroot.lsub1.lsub2.used"
   > EOF
 
 Setup sub-package of "external library", which causes instantiation of
 demandmod in "recurse down the module chain" code path. Relative
 importing with "absolute_import" feature isn't tested, because "level
 >=1 " doesn't cause instantiation of demandmod.
 
   $ mkdir -p $TESTTMP/extlibroot/recursedown/abs
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/extlibroot/recursedown/abs/used.py <<EOF
   > detail = "this is extlibroot.recursedown.abs.used"
   > EOF
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/extlibroot/recursedown/abs/__init__.py <<EOF
   > from __future__ import absolute_import
   > from extlibroot.recursedown.abs.used import detail
   > EOF
 
   $ mkdir -p $TESTTMP/extlibroot/recursedown/legacy
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/extlibroot/recursedown/legacy/used.py <<EOF
   > detail = "this is extlibroot.recursedown.legacy.used"
   > EOF
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/extlibroot/recursedown/legacy/__init__.py <<EOF
   > # legacy style (level == -1) import
   > from extlibroot.recursedown.legacy.used import detail
   > EOF
 
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/extlibroot/recursedown/__init__.py <<EOF
   > from __future__ import absolute_import
   > from extlibroot.recursedown.abs import detail as absdetail
   > from .legacy import detail as legacydetail
   > EOF
 
 Setup extension local modules to be imported with "absolute_import"
 feature.
 
   $ mkdir -p $TESTTMP/absextroot/xsub1/xsub2
   $ touch $TESTTMP/absextroot/xsub1/__init__.py
   $ touch $TESTTMP/absextroot/xsub1/xsub2/__init__.py
 
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/absextroot/xsub1/xsub2/called.py <<EOF
   > def func():
   >     return "this is absextroot.xsub1.xsub2.called.func()"
   > EOF
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/absextroot/xsub1/xsub2/unused.py <<EOF
   > raise Exception("absextroot.xsub1.xsub2.unused is loaded unintentionally")
   > EOF
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/absextroot/xsub1/xsub2/used.py <<EOF
   > detail = "this is absextroot.xsub1.xsub2.used"
   > EOF
 
 Setup extension local modules to examine whether demand importing
 works as expected in "level > 1" case.
 
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/absextroot/relimportee.py <<EOF
   > detail = "this is absextroot.relimportee"
   > EOF
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/absextroot/xsub1/xsub2/relimporter.py <<EOF
   > from __future__ import absolute_import
   > from ... import relimportee
   > detail = "this relimporter imports %r" % (relimportee.detail)
   > EOF
 
 Setup modules, which actually import extension local modules at
 runtime.
 
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/absextroot/absolute.py << EOF
   > from __future__ import absolute_import
   > 
   > # import extension local modules absolutely (level = 0)
   > from absextroot.xsub1.xsub2 import used, unused
   > from absextroot.xsub1.xsub2.called import func
   > 
   > def getresult():
   >     result = []
   >     result.append(used.detail)
   >     result.append(func())
   >     return result
   > EOF
 
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/absextroot/relative.py << EOF
   > from __future__ import absolute_import
   > 
   > # import extension local modules relatively (level == 1)
   > from .xsub1.xsub2 import used, unused
   > from .xsub1.xsub2.called import func
   > 
   > # import a module, which implies "importing with level > 1"
   > from .xsub1.xsub2 import relimporter
   > 
   > def getresult():
   >     result = []
   >     result.append(used.detail)
   >     result.append(func())
   >     result.append(relimporter.detail)
   >     return result
   > EOF
 
 Setup main procedure of extension.
 
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/absextroot/__init__.py <<EOF
   > from __future__ import absolute_import
   > from mercurial import cmdutil
   > cmdtable = {}
   > command = cmdutil.command(cmdtable)
   > 
   > # "absolute" and "relative" shouldn't be imported before actual
   > # command execution, because (1) they import same modules, and (2)
   > # preceding import (= instantiate "demandmod" object instead of
   > # real "module" object) might hide problem of succeeding import.
   > 
   > @command('showabsolute', [], norepo=True)
   > def showabsolute(ui, *args, **opts):
   >     from absextroot import absolute
   >     ui.write('ABS: %s\n' % '\nABS: '.join(absolute.getresult()))
   > 
   > @command('showrelative', [], norepo=True)
   > def showrelative(ui, *args, **opts):
   >     from . import relative
   >     ui.write('REL: %s\n' % '\nREL: '.join(relative.getresult()))
   > 
   > # import modules from external library
   > from extlibroot.lsub1.lsub2 import used as lused, unused as lunused
   > from extlibroot.lsub1.lsub2.called import func as lfunc
   > from extlibroot.recursedown import absdetail, legacydetail
   > 
   > def uisetup(ui):
   >     result = []
   >     result.append(lused.detail)
   >     result.append(lfunc())
   >     result.append(absdetail)
   >     result.append(legacydetail)
   >     ui.write('LIB: %s\n' % '\nLIB: '.join(result))
   > EOF
 
 Examine module importing.
 
   $ (PYTHONPATH=${PYTHONPATH}${PATHSEP}${TESTTMP}; hg --config extensions.absextroot=$TESTTMP/absextroot showabsolute)
   LIB: this is extlibroot.lsub1.lsub2.used
   LIB: this is extlibroot.lsub1.lsub2.called.func()
   LIB: this is extlibroot.recursedown.abs.used
   LIB: this is extlibroot.recursedown.legacy.used
   ABS: this is absextroot.xsub1.xsub2.used
   ABS: this is absextroot.xsub1.xsub2.called.func()
 
   $ (PYTHONPATH=${PYTHONPATH}${PATHSEP}${TESTTMP}; hg --config extensions.absextroot=$TESTTMP/absextroot showrelative)
   LIB: this is extlibroot.lsub1.lsub2.used
   LIB: this is extlibroot.lsub1.lsub2.called.func()
   LIB: this is extlibroot.recursedown.abs.used
   LIB: this is extlibroot.recursedown.legacy.used
   REL: this is absextroot.xsub1.xsub2.used
   REL: this is absextroot.xsub1.xsub2.called.func()
   REL: this relimporter imports 'this is absextroot.relimportee'
 
 Examine whether sub-module is imported relatively as expected.
 
 See also issue5208 for detail about example case on Python 3.x.
 
   $ f -q $TESTTMP/extlibroot/lsub1/lsub2/notexist.py
   $TESTTMP/extlibroot/lsub1/lsub2/notexist.py: file not found
 
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/notexist.py <<EOF
   > text = 'notexist.py at root is loaded unintentionally\n'
   > EOF
 
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/checkrelativity.py <<EOF
   > from mercurial import cmdutil
   > cmdtable = {}
   > command = cmdutil.command(cmdtable)
   > 
   > # demand import avoids failure of importing notexist here
   > import extlibroot.lsub1.lsub2.notexist
   > 
   > @command('checkrelativity', [], norepo=True)
   > def checkrelativity(ui, *args, **opts):
   >     try:
   >         ui.write(extlibroot.lsub1.lsub2.notexist.text)
   >         return 1 # unintentional success
   >     except ImportError:
   >         pass # intentional failure
   > EOF
 
   $ (PYTHONPATH=${PYTHONPATH}${PATHSEP}${TESTTMP}; hg --config extensions.checkrelativity=$TESTTMP/checkrelativity.py checkrelativity)
 
 #endif
 
   $ cd ..
 
 hide outer repo
   $ hg init
 
   $ cat > empty.py <<EOF
   > '''empty cmdtable
   > '''
   > cmdtable = {}
   > EOF
   $ emptypath=`pwd`/empty.py
   $ echo "empty = $emptypath" >> $HGRCPATH
   $ hg help empty
   empty extension - empty cmdtable
   
   no commands defined
 
 
   $ echo 'empty = !' >> $HGRCPATH
 
   $ cat > debugextension.py <<EOF
   > '''only debugcommands
   > '''
   > from mercurial import cmdutil
   > cmdtable = {}
   > command = cmdutil.command(cmdtable)
   > @command('debugfoobar', [], 'hg debugfoobar')
   > def debugfoobar(ui, repo, *args, **opts):
   >     "yet another debug command"
   >     pass
   > @command('foo', [], 'hg foo')
   > def foo(ui, repo, *args, **opts):
   >     """yet another foo command
   >     This command has been DEPRECATED since forever.
   >     """
   >     pass
   > EOF
   $ debugpath=`pwd`/debugextension.py
   $ echo "debugextension = $debugpath" >> $HGRCPATH
 
   $ hg help debugextension
   hg debugextensions
   
   show information about active extensions
   
   options:
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 
 
   $ hg --verbose help debugextension
   hg debugextensions
   
   show information about active extensions
   
   options:
   
    -T --template TEMPLATE display with template (EXPERIMENTAL)
   
   global options ([+] can be repeated):
   
    -R --repository REPO   repository root directory or name of overlay bundle
                           file
       --cwd DIR           change working directory
    -y --noninteractive    do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for
                           all prompts
    -q --quiet             suppress output
    -v --verbose           enable additional output
       --color TYPE        when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or
-                          debug) (EXPERIMENTAL)
+                          debug)
       --config CONFIG [+] set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')
       --debug             enable debugging output
       --debugger          start debugger
       --encoding ENCODE   set the charset encoding (default: ascii)
       --encodingmode MODE set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)
       --traceback         always print a traceback on exception
       --time              time how long the command takes
       --profile           print command execution profile
       --version           output version information and exit
    -h --help              display help and exit
       --hidden            consider hidden changesets
       --pager TYPE        when to paginate (boolean, always, auto, or never)
                           (default: auto)
 
 
 
 
 
 
   $ hg --debug help debugextension
   hg debugextensions
   
   show information about active extensions
   
   options:
   
    -T --template TEMPLATE display with template (EXPERIMENTAL)
   
   global options ([+] can be repeated):
   
    -R --repository REPO   repository root directory or name of overlay bundle
                           file
       --cwd DIR           change working directory
    -y --noninteractive    do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for
                           all prompts
    -q --quiet             suppress output
    -v --verbose           enable additional output
       --color TYPE        when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or
-                          debug) (EXPERIMENTAL)
+                          debug)
       --config CONFIG [+] set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')
       --debug             enable debugging output
       --debugger          start debugger
       --encoding ENCODE   set the charset encoding (default: ascii)
       --encodingmode MODE set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)
       --traceback         always print a traceback on exception
       --time              time how long the command takes
       --profile           print command execution profile
       --version           output version information and exit
    -h --help              display help and exit
       --hidden            consider hidden changesets
       --pager TYPE        when to paginate (boolean, always, auto, or never)
                           (default: auto)
 
 
 
 
 
   $ echo 'debugextension = !' >> $HGRCPATH
 
 Asking for help about a deprecated extension should do something useful:
 
   $ hg help glog
   'glog' is provided by the following extension:
   
       graphlog      command to view revision graphs from a shell (DEPRECATED)
   
   (use 'hg help extensions' for information on enabling extensions)
 
 Extension module help vs command help:
 
   $ echo 'extdiff =' >> $HGRCPATH
   $ hg help extdiff
   hg extdiff [OPT]... [FILE]...
   
   use external program to diff repository (or selected files)
   
       Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using an
       external program. The default program used is diff, with default options
       "-Npru".
   
       To select a different program, use the -p/--program option. The program
       will be passed the names of two directories to compare. To pass additional
       options to the program, use -o/--option. These will be passed before the
       names of the directories to compare.
   
       When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown between
       those revisions. If only one revision is specified then that revision is
       compared to the working directory, and, when no revisions are specified,
       the working directory files are compared to its parent.
   
   (use 'hg help -e extdiff' to show help for the extdiff extension)
   
   options ([+] can be repeated):
   
    -p --program CMD         comparison program to run
    -o --option OPT [+]      pass option to comparison program
    -r --rev REV [+]         revision
    -c --change REV          change made by revision
       --patch               compare patches for two revisions
    -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns
    -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns
    -S --subrepos            recurse into subrepositories
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   $ hg help --extension extdiff
   extdiff extension - command to allow external programs to compare revisions
   
   The extdiff Mercurial extension allows you to use external programs to compare
   revisions, or revision with working directory. The external diff programs are
   called with a configurable set of options and two non-option arguments: paths
   to directories containing snapshots of files to compare.
   
   The extdiff extension also allows you to configure new diff commands, so you
   do not need to type 'hg extdiff -p kdiff3' always.
   
     [extdiff]
     # add new command that runs GNU diff(1) in 'context diff' mode
     cdiff = gdiff -Nprc5
     ## or the old way:
     #cmd.cdiff = gdiff
     #opts.cdiff = -Nprc5
   
     # add new command called meld, runs meld (no need to name twice).  If
     # the meld executable is not available, the meld tool in [merge-tools]
     # will be used, if available
     meld =
   
     # add new command called vimdiff, runs gvimdiff with DirDiff plugin
     # (see http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=102) Non
     # English user, be sure to put "let g:DirDiffDynamicDiffText = 1" in
     # your .vimrc
     vimdiff = gvim -f "+next" \
               "+execute 'DirDiff' fnameescape(argv(0)) fnameescape(argv(1))"
   
   Tool arguments can include variables that are expanded at runtime:
   
     $parent1, $plabel1 - filename, descriptive label of first parent
     $child,   $clabel  - filename, descriptive label of child revision
     $parent2, $plabel2 - filename, descriptive label of second parent
     $root              - repository root
     $parent is an alias for $parent1.
   
   The extdiff extension will look in your [diff-tools] and [merge-tools]
   sections for diff tool arguments, when none are specified in [extdiff].
   
     [extdiff]
     kdiff3 =
   
     [diff-tools]
     kdiff3.diffargs=--L1 '$plabel1' --L2 '$clabel' $parent $child
   
   You can use -I/-X and list of file or directory names like normal 'hg diff'
   command. The extdiff extension makes snapshots of only needed files, so
   running the external diff program will actually be pretty fast (at least
   faster than having to compare the entire tree).
   
   list of commands:
   
    extdiff       use external program to diff repository (or selected files)
   
   (use 'hg help -v -e extdiff' to show built-in aliases and global options)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   $ echo 'extdiff = !' >> $HGRCPATH
 
 Test help topic with same name as extension
 
   $ cat > multirevs.py <<EOF
   > from mercurial import cmdutil, commands
   > cmdtable = {}
   > command = cmdutil.command(cmdtable)
   > """multirevs extension
   > Big multi-line module docstring."""
   > @command('multirevs', [], 'ARG', norepo=True)
   > def multirevs(ui, repo, arg, *args, **opts):
   >     """multirevs command"""
   >     pass
   > EOF
   $ echo "multirevs = multirevs.py" >> $HGRCPATH
 
   $ hg help multirevs | tail
         bookmark (this works because the last revision of the revset is used):
   
           hg update :@
   
       - Show diff between tags 1.3 and 1.5 (this works because the first and the
         last revisions of the revset are used):
   
           hg diff -r 1.3::1.5
   
   use 'hg help -c multirevs' to see help for the multirevs command
 
 
 
 
 
 
   $ hg help -c multirevs
   hg multirevs ARG
   
   multirevs command
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 
 
 
   $ hg multirevs
   hg multirevs: invalid arguments
   hg multirevs ARG
   
   multirevs command
   
   (use 'hg multirevs -h' to show more help)
   [255]
 
 
 
   $ echo "multirevs = !" >> $HGRCPATH
 
 Issue811: Problem loading extensions twice (by site and by user)
 
   $ cat <<EOF >> $HGRCPATH
   > mq =
   > strip =
   > hgext.mq =
   > hgext/mq =
   > EOF
 
 Show extensions:
 (note that mq force load strip, also checking it's not loaded twice)
 
   $ hg debugextensions
   mq
   strip
 
 For extensions, which name matches one of its commands, help
 message should ask '-v -e' to get list of built-in aliases
 along with extension help itself
 
   $ mkdir $TESTTMP/d
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/d/dodo.py <<EOF
   > """
   > This is an awesome 'dodo' extension. It does nothing and
   > writes 'Foo foo'
   > """
   > from mercurial import cmdutil, commands
   > cmdtable = {}
   > command = cmdutil.command(cmdtable)
   > @command('dodo', [], 'hg dodo')
   > def dodo(ui, *args, **kwargs):
   >     """Does nothing"""
   >     ui.write("I do nothing. Yay\\n")
   > @command('foofoo', [], 'hg foofoo')
   > def foofoo(ui, *args, **kwargs):
   >     """Writes 'Foo foo'"""
   >     ui.write("Foo foo\\n")
   > EOF
   $ dodopath=$TESTTMP/d/dodo.py
 
   $ echo "dodo = $dodopath" >> $HGRCPATH
 
 Make sure that user is asked to enter '-v -e' to get list of built-in aliases
   $ hg help -e dodo
   dodo extension -
   
   This is an awesome 'dodo' extension. It does nothing and writes 'Foo foo'
   
   list of commands:
   
    dodo          Does nothing
    foofoo        Writes 'Foo foo'
   
   (use 'hg help -v -e dodo' to show built-in aliases and global options)
 
 Make sure that '-v -e' prints list of built-in aliases along with
 extension help itself
   $ hg help -v -e dodo
   dodo extension -
   
   This is an awesome 'dodo' extension. It does nothing and writes 'Foo foo'
   
   list of commands:
   
    dodo          Does nothing
    foofoo        Writes 'Foo foo'
   
   global options ([+] can be repeated):
   
    -R --repository REPO   repository root directory or name of overlay bundle
                           file
       --cwd DIR           change working directory
    -y --noninteractive    do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for
                           all prompts
    -q --quiet             suppress output
    -v --verbose           enable additional output
       --color TYPE        when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or
-                          debug) (EXPERIMENTAL)
+                          debug)
       --config CONFIG [+] set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')
       --debug             enable debugging output
       --debugger          start debugger
       --encoding ENCODE   set the charset encoding (default: ascii)
       --encodingmode MODE set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)
       --traceback         always print a traceback on exception
       --time              time how long the command takes
       --profile           print command execution profile
       --version           output version information and exit
    -h --help              display help and exit
       --hidden            consider hidden changesets
       --pager TYPE        when to paginate (boolean, always, auto, or never)
                           (default: auto)
 
 Make sure that single '-v' option shows help and built-ins only for 'dodo' command
   $ hg help -v dodo
   hg dodo
   
   Does nothing
   
   (use 'hg help -e dodo' to show help for the dodo extension)
   
   options:
   
     --mq operate on patch repository
   
   global options ([+] can be repeated):
   
    -R --repository REPO   repository root directory or name of overlay bundle
                           file
       --cwd DIR           change working directory
    -y --noninteractive    do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for
                           all prompts
    -q --quiet             suppress output
    -v --verbose           enable additional output
       --color TYPE        when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or
-                          debug) (EXPERIMENTAL)
+                          debug)
       --config CONFIG [+] set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')
       --debug             enable debugging output
       --debugger          start debugger
       --encoding ENCODE   set the charset encoding (default: ascii)
       --encodingmode MODE set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)
       --traceback         always print a traceback on exception
       --time              time how long the command takes
       --profile           print command execution profile
       --version           output version information and exit
    -h --help              display help and exit
       --hidden            consider hidden changesets
       --pager TYPE        when to paginate (boolean, always, auto, or never)
                           (default: auto)
 
 In case when extension name doesn't match any of its commands,
 help message should ask for '-v' to get list of built-in aliases
 along with extension help
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/d/dudu.py <<EOF
   > """
   > This is an awesome 'dudu' extension. It does something and
   > also writes 'Beep beep'
   > """
   > from mercurial import cmdutil, commands
   > cmdtable = {}
   > command = cmdutil.command(cmdtable)
   > @command('something', [], 'hg something')
   > def something(ui, *args, **kwargs):
   >     """Does something"""
   >     ui.write("I do something. Yaaay\\n")
   > @command('beep', [], 'hg beep')
   > def beep(ui, *args, **kwargs):
   >     """Writes 'Beep beep'"""
   >     ui.write("Beep beep\\n")
   > EOF
   $ dudupath=$TESTTMP/d/dudu.py
 
   $ echo "dudu = $dudupath" >> $HGRCPATH
 
   $ hg help -e dudu
   dudu extension -
   
   This is an awesome 'dudu' extension. It does something and also writes 'Beep
   beep'
   
   list of commands:
   
    beep          Writes 'Beep beep'
    something     Does something
   
   (use 'hg help -v dudu' to show built-in aliases and global options)
 
 In case when extension name doesn't match any of its commands,
 help options '-v' and '-v -e' should be equivalent
   $ hg help -v dudu
   dudu extension -
   
   This is an awesome 'dudu' extension. It does something and also writes 'Beep
   beep'
   
   list of commands:
   
    beep          Writes 'Beep beep'
    something     Does something
   
   global options ([+] can be repeated):
   
    -R --repository REPO   repository root directory or name of overlay bundle
                           file
       --cwd DIR           change working directory
    -y --noninteractive    do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for
                           all prompts
    -q --quiet             suppress output
    -v --verbose           enable additional output
       --color TYPE        when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or
-                          debug) (EXPERIMENTAL)
+                          debug)
       --config CONFIG [+] set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')
       --debug             enable debugging output
       --debugger          start debugger
       --encoding ENCODE   set the charset encoding (default: ascii)
       --encodingmode MODE set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)
       --traceback         always print a traceback on exception
       --time              time how long the command takes
       --profile           print command execution profile
       --version           output version information and exit
    -h --help              display help and exit
       --hidden            consider hidden changesets
       --pager TYPE        when to paginate (boolean, always, auto, or never)
                           (default: auto)
 
   $ hg help -v -e dudu
   dudu extension -
   
   This is an awesome 'dudu' extension. It does something and also writes 'Beep
   beep'
   
   list of commands:
   
    beep          Writes 'Beep beep'
    something     Does something
   
   global options ([+] can be repeated):
   
    -R --repository REPO   repository root directory or name of overlay bundle
                           file
       --cwd DIR           change working directory
    -y --noninteractive    do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for
                           all prompts
    -q --quiet             suppress output
    -v --verbose           enable additional output
       --color TYPE        when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or
-                          debug) (EXPERIMENTAL)
+                          debug)
       --config CONFIG [+] set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')
       --debug             enable debugging output
       --debugger          start debugger
       --encoding ENCODE   set the charset encoding (default: ascii)
       --encodingmode MODE set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)
       --traceback         always print a traceback on exception
       --time              time how long the command takes
       --profile           print command execution profile
       --version           output version information and exit
    -h --help              display help and exit
       --hidden            consider hidden changesets
       --pager TYPE        when to paginate (boolean, always, auto, or never)
                           (default: auto)
 
 Disabled extension commands:
 
   $ ORGHGRCPATH=$HGRCPATH
   $ HGRCPATH=
   $ export HGRCPATH
   $ hg help email
   'email' is provided by the following extension:
   
       patchbomb     command to send changesets as (a series of) patch emails
   
   (use 'hg help extensions' for information on enabling extensions)
 
 
   $ hg qdel
   hg: unknown command 'qdel'
   'qdelete' is provided by the following extension:
   
       mq            manage a stack of patches
   
   (use 'hg help extensions' for information on enabling extensions)
   [255]
 
 
   $ hg churn
   hg: unknown command 'churn'
   'churn' is provided by the following extension:
   
       churn         command to display statistics about repository history
   
   (use 'hg help extensions' for information on enabling extensions)
   [255]
 
 
 
 Disabled extensions:
 
   $ hg help churn
   churn extension - command to display statistics about repository history
   
   (use 'hg help extensions' for information on enabling extensions)
 
   $ hg help patchbomb
   patchbomb extension - command to send changesets as (a series of) patch emails
   
   The series is started off with a "[PATCH 0 of N]" introduction, which
   describes the series as a whole.
   
   Each patch email has a Subject line of "[PATCH M of N] ...", using the first
   line of the changeset description as the subject text. The message contains
   two or three body parts:
   
   - The changeset description.
   - [Optional] The result of running diffstat on the patch.
   - The patch itself, as generated by 'hg export'.
   
   Each message refers to the first in the series using the In-Reply-To and
   References headers, so they will show up as a sequence in threaded mail and
   news readers, and in mail archives.
   
   To configure other defaults, add a section like this to your configuration
   file:
   
     [email]
     from = My Name <my@email>
     to = recipient1, recipient2, ...
     cc = cc1, cc2, ...
     bcc = bcc1, bcc2, ...
     reply-to = address1, address2, ...
   
   Use "[patchbomb]" as configuration section name if you need to override global
   "[email]" address settings.
   
   Then you can use the 'hg email' command to mail a series of changesets as a
   patchbomb.
   
   You can also either configure the method option in the email section to be a
   sendmail compatible mailer or fill out the [smtp] section so that the
   patchbomb extension can automatically send patchbombs directly from the
   commandline. See the [email] and [smtp] sections in hgrc(5) for details.
   
   By default, 'hg email' will prompt for a "To" or "CC" header if you do not
   supply one via configuration or the command line.  You can override this to
   never prompt by configuring an empty value:
   
     [email]
     cc =
   
   You can control the default inclusion of an introduction message with the
   "patchbomb.intro" configuration option. The configuration is always
   overwritten by command line flags like --intro and --desc:
   
     [patchbomb]
     intro=auto   # include introduction message if more than 1 patch (default)
     intro=never  # never include an introduction message
     intro=always # always include an introduction message
   
   You can set patchbomb to always ask for confirmation by setting
   "patchbomb.confirm" to true.
   
   (use 'hg help extensions' for information on enabling extensions)
 
 
 Broken disabled extension and command:
 
   $ mkdir hgext
   $ echo > hgext/__init__.py
   $ cat > hgext/broken.py <<EOF
   > "broken extension'
   > EOF
   $ cat > path.py <<EOF
   > import os, sys
   > sys.path.insert(0, os.environ['HGEXTPATH'])
   > EOF
   $ HGEXTPATH=`pwd`
   $ export HGEXTPATH
 
   $ hg --config extensions.path=./path.py help broken
   broken extension - (no help text available)
   
   (use 'hg help extensions' for information on enabling extensions)
 
 
   $ cat > hgext/forest.py <<EOF
   > cmdtable = None
   > EOF
   $ hg --config extensions.path=./path.py help foo > /dev/null
   warning: error finding commands in $TESTTMP/hgext/forest.py (glob)
   abort: no such help topic: foo
   (try 'hg help --keyword foo')
   [255]
 
   $ cat > throw.py <<EOF
   > from mercurial import cmdutil, commands, util
   > cmdtable = {}
   > command = cmdutil.command(cmdtable)
   > class Bogon(Exception): pass
   > @command('throw', [], 'hg throw', norepo=True)
   > def throw(ui, **opts):
   >     """throws an exception"""
   >     raise Bogon()
   > EOF
 
 No declared supported version, extension complains:
   $ hg --config extensions.throw=throw.py throw 2>&1 | egrep '^\*\*'
   ** Unknown exception encountered with possibly-broken third-party extension throw
   ** which supports versions unknown of Mercurial.
   ** Please disable throw and try your action again.
   ** If that fixes the bug please report it to the extension author.
   ** Python * (glob)
   ** Mercurial Distributed SCM * (glob)
   ** Extensions loaded: throw
 
 empty declaration of supported version, extension complains:
   $ echo "testedwith = ''" >> throw.py
   $ hg --config extensions.throw=throw.py throw 2>&1 | egrep '^\*\*'
   ** Unknown exception encountered with possibly-broken third-party extension throw
   ** which supports versions unknown of Mercurial.
   ** Please disable throw and try your action again.
   ** If that fixes the bug please report it to the extension author.
   ** Python * (glob)
   ** Mercurial Distributed SCM (*) (glob)
   ** Extensions loaded: throw
 
 If the extension specifies a buglink, show that:
   $ echo 'buglink = "http://example.com/bts"' >> throw.py
   $ rm -f throw.pyc throw.pyo
   $ hg --config extensions.throw=throw.py throw 2>&1 | egrep '^\*\*'
   ** Unknown exception encountered with possibly-broken third-party extension throw
   ** which supports versions unknown of Mercurial.
   ** Please disable throw and try your action again.
   ** If that fixes the bug please report it to http://example.com/bts
   ** Python * (glob)
   ** Mercurial Distributed SCM (*) (glob)
   ** Extensions loaded: throw
 
 If the extensions declare outdated versions, accuse the older extension first:
   $ echo "from mercurial import util" >> older.py
   $ echo "util.version = lambda:'2.2'" >> older.py
   $ echo "testedwith = '1.9.3'" >> older.py
   $ echo "testedwith = '2.1.1'" >> throw.py
   $ rm -f throw.pyc throw.pyo
   $ hg --config extensions.throw=throw.py --config extensions.older=older.py \
   >   throw 2>&1 | egrep '^\*\*'
   ** Unknown exception encountered with possibly-broken third-party extension older
   ** which supports versions 1.9 of Mercurial.
   ** Please disable older and try your action again.
   ** If that fixes the bug please report it to the extension author.
   ** Python * (glob)
   ** Mercurial Distributed SCM (version 2.2)
   ** Extensions loaded: throw, older
 
 One extension only tested with older, one only with newer versions:
   $ echo "util.version = lambda:'2.1'" >> older.py
   $ rm -f older.pyc older.pyo
   $ hg --config extensions.throw=throw.py --config extensions.older=older.py \
   >   throw 2>&1 | egrep '^\*\*'
   ** Unknown exception encountered with possibly-broken third-party extension older
   ** which supports versions 1.9 of Mercurial.
   ** Please disable older and try your action again.
   ** If that fixes the bug please report it to the extension author.
   ** Python * (glob)
   ** Mercurial Distributed SCM (version 2.1)
   ** Extensions loaded: throw, older
 
 Older extension is tested with current version, the other only with newer:
   $ echo "util.version = lambda:'1.9.3'" >> older.py
   $ rm -f older.pyc older.pyo
   $ hg --config extensions.throw=throw.py --config extensions.older=older.py \
   >   throw 2>&1 | egrep '^\*\*'
   ** Unknown exception encountered with possibly-broken third-party extension throw
   ** which supports versions 2.1 of Mercurial.
   ** Please disable throw and try your action again.
   ** If that fixes the bug please report it to http://example.com/bts
   ** Python * (glob)
   ** Mercurial Distributed SCM (version 1.9.3)
   ** Extensions loaded: throw, older
 
 Ability to point to a different point
   $ hg --config extensions.throw=throw.py --config extensions.older=older.py \
   >   --config ui.supportcontact='Your Local Goat Lenders' throw 2>&1 | egrep '^\*\*'
   ** unknown exception encountered, please report by visiting
   ** Your Local Goat Lenders
   ** Python * (glob)
   ** Mercurial Distributed SCM (*) (glob)
   ** Extensions loaded: throw, older
 
 Declare the version as supporting this hg version, show regular bts link:
   $ hgver=`hg debuginstall -T '{hgver}'`
   $ echo 'testedwith = """'"$hgver"'"""' >> throw.py
   $ if [ -z "$hgver" ]; then
   >   echo "unable to fetch a mercurial version. Make sure __version__ is correct";
   > fi
   $ rm -f throw.pyc throw.pyo
   $ hg --config extensions.throw=throw.py throw 2>&1 | egrep '^\*\*'
   ** unknown exception encountered, please report by visiting
   ** https://mercurial-scm.org/wiki/BugTracker
   ** Python * (glob)
   ** Mercurial Distributed SCM (*) (glob)
   ** Extensions loaded: throw
 
 Patch version is ignored during compatibility check
   $ echo "testedwith = '3.2'" >> throw.py
   $ echo "util.version = lambda:'3.2.2'" >> throw.py
   $ rm -f throw.pyc throw.pyo
   $ hg --config extensions.throw=throw.py throw 2>&1 | egrep '^\*\*'
   ** unknown exception encountered, please report by visiting
   ** https://mercurial-scm.org/wiki/BugTracker
   ** Python * (glob)
   ** Mercurial Distributed SCM (*) (glob)
   ** Extensions loaded: throw
 
 Test version number support in 'hg version':
   $ echo '__version__ = (1, 2, 3)' >> throw.py
   $ rm -f throw.pyc throw.pyo
   $ hg version -v
   Mercurial Distributed SCM (version *) (glob)
   (see https://mercurial-scm.org for more information)
   
   Copyright (C) 2005-* Matt Mackall and others (glob)
   This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
   warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
   
   Enabled extensions:
   
 
   $ hg version -v --config extensions.throw=throw.py
   Mercurial Distributed SCM (version *) (glob)
   (see https://mercurial-scm.org for more information)
   
   Copyright (C) 2005-* Matt Mackall and others (glob)
   This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
   warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
   
   Enabled extensions:
   
     throw  external  1.2.3
   $ echo 'getversion = lambda: "1.twentythree"' >> throw.py
   $ rm -f throw.pyc throw.pyo
   $ hg version -v --config extensions.throw=throw.py --config extensions.strip=
   Mercurial Distributed SCM (version *) (glob)
   (see https://mercurial-scm.org for more information)
   
   Copyright (C) 2005-* Matt Mackall and others (glob)
   This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
   warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
   
   Enabled extensions:
   
     throw  external  1.twentythree
     strip  internal  
 
   $ hg version -q --config extensions.throw=throw.py
   Mercurial Distributed SCM (version *) (glob)
 
 Test JSON output of version:
 
   $ hg version -Tjson
   [
    {
     "extensions": [],
     "ver": "*" (glob)
    }
   ]
 
   $ hg version --config extensions.throw=throw.py -Tjson
   [
    {
     "extensions": [{"bundled": false, "name": "throw", "ver": "1.twentythree"}],
     "ver": "3.2.2"
    }
   ]
 
   $ hg version --config extensions.strip= -Tjson
   [
    {
     "extensions": [{"bundled": true, "name": "strip", "ver": null}],
     "ver": "*" (glob)
    }
   ]
 
 Test template output of version:
 
   $ hg version --config extensions.throw=throw.py --config extensions.strip= \
   > -T'{extensions % "{name}  {pad(ver, 16)}  ({if(bundled, "internal", "external")})\n"}'
   throw  1.twentythree     (external)
   strip                    (internal)
 
 Refuse to load extensions with minimum version requirements
 
   $ cat > minversion1.py << EOF
   > from mercurial import util
   > util.version = lambda: '3.5.2'
   > minimumhgversion = '3.6'
   > EOF
   $ hg --config extensions.minversion=minversion1.py version
   (third party extension minversion requires version 3.6 or newer of Mercurial; disabling)
   Mercurial Distributed SCM (version 3.5.2)
   (see https://mercurial-scm.org for more information)
   
   Copyright (C) 2005-* Matt Mackall and others (glob)
   This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
   warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 
   $ cat > minversion2.py << EOF
   > from mercurial import util
   > util.version = lambda: '3.6'
   > minimumhgversion = '3.7'
   > EOF
   $ hg --config extensions.minversion=minversion2.py version 2>&1 | egrep '\(third'
   (third party extension minversion requires version 3.7 or newer of Mercurial; disabling)
 
 Can load version that is only off by point release
 
   $ cat > minversion2.py << EOF
   > from mercurial import util
   > util.version = lambda: '3.6.1'
   > minimumhgversion = '3.6'
   > EOF
   $ hg --config extensions.minversion=minversion3.py version 2>&1 | egrep '\(third'
   [1]
 
 Can load minimum version identical to current
 
   $ cat > minversion3.py << EOF
   > from mercurial import util
   > util.version = lambda: '3.5'
   > minimumhgversion = '3.5'
   > EOF
   $ hg --config extensions.minversion=minversion3.py version 2>&1 | egrep '\(third'
   [1]
 
 Restore HGRCPATH
 
   $ HGRCPATH=$ORGHGRCPATH
   $ export HGRCPATH
 
 Commands handling multiple repositories at a time should invoke only
 "reposetup()" of extensions enabling in the target repository.
 
   $ mkdir reposetup-test
   $ cd reposetup-test
 
   $ cat > $TESTTMP/reposetuptest.py <<EOF
   > from mercurial import extensions
   > def reposetup(ui, repo):
   >     ui.write('reposetup() for %s\n' % (repo.root))
   >     ui.flush()
   > EOF
   $ hg init src
   $ echo a > src/a
   $ hg -R src commit -Am '#0 at src/a'
   adding a
   $ echo '[extensions]' >> src/.hg/hgrc
   $ echo '# enable extension locally' >> src/.hg/hgrc
   $ echo "reposetuptest = $TESTTMP/reposetuptest.py" >> src/.hg/hgrc
   $ hg -R src status
   reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/src (glob)
 
   $ hg clone -U src clone-dst1
   reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/src (glob)
   $ hg init push-dst1
   $ hg -q -R src push push-dst1
   reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/src (glob)
   $ hg init pull-src1
   $ hg -q -R pull-src1 pull src
   reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/src (glob)
 
   $ cat <<EOF >> $HGRCPATH
   > [extensions]
   > # disable extension globally and explicitly
   > reposetuptest = !
   > EOF
   $ hg clone -U src clone-dst2
   reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/src (glob)
   $ hg init push-dst2
   $ hg -q -R src push push-dst2
   reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/src (glob)
   $ hg init pull-src2
   $ hg -q -R pull-src2 pull src
   reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/src (glob)
 
   $ cat <<EOF >> $HGRCPATH
   > [extensions]
   > # enable extension globally
   > reposetuptest = $TESTTMP/reposetuptest.py
   > EOF
   $ hg clone -U src clone-dst3
   reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/src (glob)
   reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/clone-dst3 (glob)
   $ hg init push-dst3
   reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/push-dst3 (glob)
   $ hg -q -R src push push-dst3
   reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/src (glob)
   reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/push-dst3 (glob)
   $ hg init pull-src3
   reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/pull-src3 (glob)
   $ hg -q -R pull-src3 pull src
   reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/pull-src3 (glob)
   reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/src (glob)
 
   $ echo '[extensions]' >> src/.hg/hgrc
   $ echo '# disable extension locally' >> src/.hg/hgrc
   $ echo 'reposetuptest = !' >> src/.hg/hgrc
   $ hg clone -U src clone-dst4
   reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/clone-dst4 (glob)
   $ hg init push-dst4
   reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/push-dst4 (glob)
   $ hg -q -R src push push-dst4
   reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/push-dst4 (glob)
   $ hg init pull-src4
   reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/pull-src4 (glob)
   $ hg -q -R pull-src4 pull src
   reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/pull-src4 (glob)
 
 disabling in command line overlays with all configuration
   $ hg --config extensions.reposetuptest=! clone -U src clone-dst5
   $ hg --config extensions.reposetuptest=! init push-dst5
   $ hg --config extensions.reposetuptest=! -q -R src push push-dst5
   $ hg --config extensions.reposetuptest=! init pull-src5
   $ hg --config extensions.reposetuptest=! -q -R pull-src5 pull src
 
   $ cat <<EOF >> $HGRCPATH
   > [extensions]
   > # disable extension globally and explicitly
   > reposetuptest = !
   > EOF
   $ hg init parent
   $ hg init parent/sub1
   $ echo 1 > parent/sub1/1
   $ hg -R parent/sub1 commit -Am '#0 at parent/sub1'
   adding 1
   $ hg init parent/sub2
   $ hg init parent/sub2/sub21
   $ echo 21 > parent/sub2/sub21/21
   $ hg -R parent/sub2/sub21 commit -Am '#0 at parent/sub2/sub21'
   adding 21
   $ cat > parent/sub2/.hgsub <<EOF
   > sub21 = sub21
   > EOF
   $ hg -R parent/sub2 commit -Am '#0 at parent/sub2'
   adding .hgsub
   $ hg init parent/sub3
   $ echo 3 > parent/sub3/3
   $ hg -R parent/sub3 commit -Am '#0 at parent/sub3'
   adding 3
   $ cat > parent/.hgsub <<EOF
   > sub1 = sub1
   > sub2 = sub2
   > sub3 = sub3
   > EOF
   $ hg -R parent commit -Am '#0 at parent'
   adding .hgsub
   $ echo '[extensions]' >> parent/.hg/hgrc
   $ echo '# enable extension locally' >> parent/.hg/hgrc
   $ echo "reposetuptest = $TESTTMP/reposetuptest.py" >> parent/.hg/hgrc
   $ cp parent/.hg/hgrc parent/sub2/.hg/hgrc
   $ hg -R parent status -S -A
   reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/parent (glob)
   reposetup() for $TESTTMP/reposetup-test/parent/sub2 (glob)
   C .hgsub
   C .hgsubstate
   C sub1/1
   C sub2/.hgsub
   C sub2/.hgsubstate
   C sub2/sub21/21
   C sub3/3
 
   $ cd ..
 
 Test synopsis and docstring extending
 
   $ hg init exthelp
   $ cat > exthelp.py <<EOF
   > from mercurial import commands, extensions
   > def exbookmarks(orig, *args, **opts):
   >     return orig(*args, **opts)
   > def uisetup(ui):
   >     synopsis = ' GREPME [--foo] [-x]'
   >     docstring = '''
   >     GREPME make sure that this is in the help!
   >     '''
   >     extensions.wrapcommand(commands.table, 'bookmarks', exbookmarks,
   >                            synopsis, docstring)
   > EOF
   $ abspath=`pwd`/exthelp.py
   $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH
   $ echo "exthelp = $abspath" >> $HGRCPATH
   $ cd exthelp
   $ hg help bookmarks | grep GREPME
   hg bookmarks [OPTIONS]... [NAME]... GREPME [--foo] [-x]
       GREPME make sure that this is in the help!
 

tests/test-help.t

@@ -1,3216 +1,3215 b''
 Short help:
 
   $ hg
   Mercurial Distributed SCM
   
   basic commands:
   
    add           add the specified files on the next commit
    annotate      show changeset information by line for each file
    clone         make a copy of an existing repository
    commit        commit the specified files or all outstanding changes
    diff          diff repository (or selected files)
    export        dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets
    forget        forget the specified files on the next commit
    init          create a new repository in the given directory
    log           show revision history of entire repository or files
    merge         merge another revision into working directory
    pull          pull changes from the specified source
    push          push changes to the specified destination
    remove        remove the specified files on the next commit
    serve         start stand-alone webserver
    status        show changed files in the working directory
    summary       summarize working directory state
    update        update working directory (or switch revisions)
   
   (use 'hg help' for the full list of commands or 'hg -v' for details)
 
   $ hg -q
    add           add the specified files on the next commit
    annotate      show changeset information by line for each file
    clone         make a copy of an existing repository
    commit        commit the specified files or all outstanding changes
    diff          diff repository (or selected files)
    export        dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets
    forget        forget the specified files on the next commit
    init          create a new repository in the given directory
    log           show revision history of entire repository or files
    merge         merge another revision into working directory
    pull          pull changes from the specified source
    push          push changes to the specified destination
    remove        remove the specified files on the next commit
    serve         start stand-alone webserver
    status        show changed files in the working directory
    summary       summarize working directory state
    update        update working directory (or switch revisions)
 
   $ hg help
   Mercurial Distributed SCM
   
   list of commands:
   
    add           add the specified files on the next commit
    addremove     add all new files, delete all missing files
    annotate      show changeset information by line for each file
    archive       create an unversioned archive of a repository revision
    backout       reverse effect of earlier changeset
    bisect        subdivision search of changesets
    bookmarks     create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks
    branch        set or show the current branch name
    branches      list repository named branches
    bundle        create a changegroup file
    cat           output the current or given revision of files
    clone         make a copy of an existing repository
    commit        commit the specified files or all outstanding changes
    config        show combined config settings from all hgrc files
    copy          mark files as copied for the next commit
    diff          diff repository (or selected files)
    export        dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets
    files         list tracked files
    forget        forget the specified files on the next commit
    graft         copy changes from other branches onto the current branch
    grep          search revision history for a pattern in specified files
    heads         show branch heads
    help          show help for a given topic or a help overview
    identify      identify the working directory or specified revision
    import        import an ordered set of patches
    incoming      show new changesets found in source
    init          create a new repository in the given directory
    log           show revision history of entire repository or files
    manifest      output the current or given revision of the project manifest
    merge         merge another revision into working directory
    outgoing      show changesets not found in the destination
    paths         show aliases for remote repositories
    phase         set or show the current phase name
    pull          pull changes from the specified source
    push          push changes to the specified destination
    recover       roll back an interrupted transaction
    remove        remove the specified files on the next commit
    rename        rename files; equivalent of copy + remove
    resolve       redo merges or set/view the merge status of files
    revert        restore files to their checkout state
    root          print the root (top) of the current working directory
    serve         start stand-alone webserver
    status        show changed files in the working directory
    summary       summarize working directory state
    tag           add one or more tags for the current or given revision
    tags          list repository tags
    unbundle      apply one or more changegroup files
    update        update working directory (or switch revisions)
    verify        verify the integrity of the repository
    version       output version and copyright information
   
   additional help topics:
   
    config        Configuration Files
    dates         Date Formats
    diffs         Diff Formats
    environment   Environment Variables
    extensions    Using Additional Features
    filesets      Specifying File Sets
    glossary      Glossary
    hgignore      Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files
    hgweb         Configuring hgweb
    internals     Technical implementation topics
    merge-tools   Merge Tools
    pager         Pager Support
    patterns      File Name Patterns
    phases        Working with Phases
    revisions     Specifying Revisions
    scripting     Using Mercurial from scripts and automation
    subrepos      Subrepositories
    templating    Template Usage
    urls          URL Paths
   
   (use 'hg help -v' to show built-in aliases and global options)
 
   $ hg -q help
    add           add the specified files on the next commit
    addremove     add all new files, delete all missing files
    annotate      show changeset information by line for each file
    archive       create an unversioned archive of a repository revision
    backout       reverse effect of earlier changeset
    bisect        subdivision search of changesets
    bookmarks     create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks
    branch        set or show the current branch name
    branches      list repository named branches
    bundle        create a changegroup file
    cat           output the current or given revision of files
    clone         make a copy of an existing repository
    commit        commit the specified files or all outstanding changes
    config        show combined config settings from all hgrc files
    copy          mark files as copied for the next commit
    diff          diff repository (or selected files)
    export        dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets
    files         list tracked files
    forget        forget the specified files on the next commit
    graft         copy changes from other branches onto the current branch
    grep          search revision history for a pattern in specified files
    heads         show branch heads
    help          show help for a given topic or a help overview
    identify      identify the working directory or specified revision
    import        import an ordered set of patches
    incoming      show new changesets found in source
    init          create a new repository in the given directory
    log           show revision history of entire repository or files
    manifest      output the current or given revision of the project manifest
    merge         merge another revision into working directory
    outgoing      show changesets not found in the destination
    paths         show aliases for remote repositories
    phase         set or show the current phase name
    pull          pull changes from the specified source
    push          push changes to the specified destination
    recover       roll back an interrupted transaction
    remove        remove the specified files on the next commit
    rename        rename files; equivalent of copy + remove
    resolve       redo merges or set/view the merge status of files
    revert        restore files to their checkout state
    root          print the root (top) of the current working directory
    serve         start stand-alone webserver
    status        show changed files in the working directory
    summary       summarize working directory state
    tag           add one or more tags for the current or given revision
    tags          list repository tags
    unbundle      apply one or more changegroup files
    update        update working directory (or switch revisions)
    verify        verify the integrity of the repository
    version       output version and copyright information
   
   additional help topics:
   
    config        Configuration Files
    dates         Date Formats
    diffs         Diff Formats
    environment   Environment Variables
    extensions    Using Additional Features
    filesets      Specifying File Sets
    glossary      Glossary
    hgignore      Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files
    hgweb         Configuring hgweb
    internals     Technical implementation topics
    merge-tools   Merge Tools
    pager         Pager Support
    patterns      File Name Patterns
    phases        Working with Phases
    revisions     Specifying Revisions
    scripting     Using Mercurial from scripts and automation
    subrepos      Subrepositories
    templating    Template Usage
    urls          URL Paths
 
 Test extension help:
   $ hg help extensions --config extensions.rebase= --config extensions.children=
   Using Additional Features
   """""""""""""""""""""""""
   
       Mercurial has the ability to add new features through the use of
       extensions. Extensions may add new commands, add options to existing
       commands, change the default behavior of commands, or implement hooks.
   
       To enable the "foo" extension, either shipped with Mercurial or in the
       Python search path, create an entry for it in your configuration file,
       like this:
   
         [extensions]
         foo =
   
       You may also specify the full path to an extension:
   
         [extensions]
         myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py
   
       See 'hg help config' for more information on configuration files.
   
       Extensions are not loaded by default for a variety of reasons: they can
       increase startup overhead; they may be meant for advanced usage only; they
       may provide potentially dangerous abilities (such as letting you destroy
       or modify history); they might not be ready for prime time; or they may
       alter some usual behaviors of stock Mercurial. It is thus up to the user
       to activate extensions as needed.
   
       To explicitly disable an extension enabled in a configuration file of
       broader scope, prepend its path with !:
   
         [extensions]
         # disabling extension bar residing in /path/to/extension/bar.py
         bar = !/path/to/extension/bar.py
         # ditto, but no path was supplied for extension baz
         baz = !
   
       enabled extensions:
   
        children      command to display child changesets (DEPRECATED)
        rebase        command to move sets of revisions to a different ancestor
   
       disabled extensions:
   
        acl           hooks for controlling repository access
        blackbox      log repository events to a blackbox for debugging
        bugzilla      hooks for integrating with the Bugzilla bug tracker
        censor        erase file content at a given revision
        churn         command to display statistics about repository history
        clonebundles  advertise pre-generated bundles to seed clones
-       color         colorize output from some commands
        convert       import revisions from foreign VCS repositories into
                      Mercurial
        eol           automatically manage newlines in repository files
        extdiff       command to allow external programs to compare revisions
        factotum      http authentication with factotum
        gpg           commands to sign and verify changesets
        hgk           browse the repository in a graphical way
        highlight     syntax highlighting for hgweb (requires Pygments)
        histedit      interactive history editing
        keyword       expand keywords in tracked files
        largefiles    track large binary files
        mq            manage a stack of patches
        notify        hooks for sending email push notifications
        patchbomb     command to send changesets as (a series of) patch emails
        purge         command to delete untracked files from the working
                      directory
        relink        recreates hardlinks between repository clones
        schemes       extend schemes with shortcuts to repository swarms
        share         share a common history between several working directories
        shelve        save and restore changes to the working directory
        strip         strip changesets and their descendants from history
        transplant    command to transplant changesets from another branch
        win32mbcs     allow the use of MBCS paths with problematic encodings
        zeroconf      discover and advertise repositories on the local network
 
 Verify that extension keywords appear in help templates
 
   $ hg help --config extensions.transplant= templating|grep transplant > /dev/null
 
 Test short command list with verbose option
 
   $ hg -v help shortlist
   Mercurial Distributed SCM
   
   basic commands:
   
    add           add the specified files on the next commit
    annotate, blame
                  show changeset information by line for each file
    clone         make a copy of an existing repository
    commit, ci    commit the specified files or all outstanding changes
    diff          diff repository (or selected files)
    export        dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets
    forget        forget the specified files on the next commit
    init          create a new repository in the given directory
    log, history  show revision history of entire repository or files
    merge         merge another revision into working directory
    pull          pull changes from the specified source
    push          push changes to the specified destination
    remove, rm    remove the specified files on the next commit
    serve         start stand-alone webserver
    status, st    show changed files in the working directory
    summary, sum  summarize working directory state
    update, up, checkout, co
                  update working directory (or switch revisions)
   
   global options ([+] can be repeated):
   
    -R --repository REPO   repository root directory or name of overlay bundle
                           file
       --cwd DIR           change working directory
    -y --noninteractive    do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for
                           all prompts
    -q --quiet             suppress output
    -v --verbose           enable additional output
       --color TYPE        when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or
-                          debug) (EXPERIMENTAL)
+                          debug)
       --config CONFIG [+] set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')
       --debug             enable debugging output
       --debugger          start debugger
       --encoding ENCODE   set the charset encoding (default: ascii)
       --encodingmode MODE set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)
       --traceback         always print a traceback on exception
       --time              time how long the command takes
       --profile           print command execution profile
       --version           output version information and exit
    -h --help              display help and exit
       --hidden            consider hidden changesets
       --pager TYPE        when to paginate (boolean, always, auto, or never)
                           (default: auto)
   
   (use 'hg help' for the full list of commands)
 
   $ hg add -h
   hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]...
   
   add the specified files on the next commit
   
       Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the repository.
   
       The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To undo an
       add before that, see 'hg forget'.
   
       If no names are given, add all files to the repository (except files
       matching ".hgignore").
   
       Returns 0 if all files are successfully added.
   
   options ([+] can be repeated):
   
    -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns
    -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns
    -S --subrepos            recurse into subrepositories
    -n --dry-run             do not perform actions, just print output
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 
 Verbose help for add
 
   $ hg add -hv
   hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]...
   
   add the specified files on the next commit
   
       Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the repository.
   
       The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To undo an
       add before that, see 'hg forget'.
   
       If no names are given, add all files to the repository (except files
       matching ".hgignore").
   
       Examples:
   
         - New (unknown) files are added automatically by 'hg add':
   
             $ ls
             foo.c
             $ hg status
             ? foo.c
             $ hg add
             adding foo.c
             $ hg status
             A foo.c
   
         - Specific files to be added can be specified:
   
             $ ls
             bar.c  foo.c
             $ hg status
             ? bar.c
             ? foo.c
             $ hg add bar.c
             $ hg status
             A bar.c
             ? foo.c
   
       Returns 0 if all files are successfully added.
   
   options ([+] can be repeated):
   
    -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns
    -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns
    -S --subrepos            recurse into subrepositories
    -n --dry-run             do not perform actions, just print output
   
   global options ([+] can be repeated):
   
    -R --repository REPO   repository root directory or name of overlay bundle
                           file
       --cwd DIR           change working directory
    -y --noninteractive    do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for
                           all prompts
    -q --quiet             suppress output
    -v --verbose           enable additional output
       --color TYPE        when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or
-                          debug) (EXPERIMENTAL)
+                          debug)
       --config CONFIG [+] set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')
       --debug             enable debugging output
       --debugger          start debugger
       --encoding ENCODE   set the charset encoding (default: ascii)
       --encodingmode MODE set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)
       --traceback         always print a traceback on exception
       --time              time how long the command takes
       --profile           print command execution profile
       --version           output version information and exit
    -h --help              display help and exit
       --hidden            consider hidden changesets
       --pager TYPE        when to paginate (boolean, always, auto, or never)
                           (default: auto)
 
 Test the textwidth config option
 
   $ hg root -h  --config ui.textwidth=50
   hg root
   
   print the root (top) of the current working
   directory
   
       Print the root directory of the current
       repository.
   
       Returns 0 on success.
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show
   complete help)
 
 Test help option with version option
 
   $ hg add -h --version
   Mercurial Distributed SCM (version *) (glob)
   (see https://mercurial-scm.org for more information)
   
   Copyright (C) 2005-* Matt Mackall and others (glob)
   This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO
   warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 
   $ hg add --skjdfks
   hg add: option --skjdfks not recognized
   hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]...
   
   add the specified files on the next commit
   
   options ([+] can be repeated):
   
    -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns
    -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns
    -S --subrepos            recurse into subrepositories
    -n --dry-run             do not perform actions, just print output
   
   (use 'hg add -h' to show more help)
   [255]
 
 Test ambiguous command help
 
   $ hg help ad
   list of commands:
   
    add           add the specified files on the next commit
    addremove     add all new files, delete all missing files
   
   (use 'hg help -v ad' to show built-in aliases and global options)
 
 Test command without options
 
   $ hg help verify
   hg verify
   
   verify the integrity of the repository
   
       Verify the integrity of the current repository.
   
       This will perform an extensive check of the repository's integrity,
       validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in the changelog,
       manifest, and tracked files, as well as the integrity of their crosslinks
       and indices.
   
       Please see https://mercurial-scm.org/wiki/RepositoryCorruption for more
       information about recovery from corruption of the repository.
   
       Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered.
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 
   $ hg help diff
   hg diff [OPTION]... ([-c REV] | [-r REV1 [-r REV2]]) [FILE]...
   
   diff repository (or selected files)
   
       Show differences between revisions for the specified files.
   
       Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format.
   
       Note:
          'hg diff' may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will
          default to comparing against the working directory's first parent
          changeset if no revisions are specified.
   
       When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown between
       those revisions. If only one revision is specified then that revision is
       compared to the working directory, and, when no revisions are specified,
       the working directory files are compared to its first parent.
   
       Alternatively you can specify -c/--change with a revision to see the
       changes in that changeset relative to its first parent.
   
       Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of files it
       detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff anyway, probably
       with undesirable results.
   
       Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff format.
       For more information, read 'hg help diffs'.
   
       Returns 0 on success.
   
   options ([+] can be repeated):
   
    -r --rev REV [+]         revision
    -c --change REV          change made by revision
    -a --text                treat all files as text
    -g --git                 use git extended diff format
       --nodates             omit dates from diff headers
       --noprefix            omit a/ and b/ prefixes from filenames
    -p --show-function       show which function each change is in
       --reverse             produce a diff that undoes the changes
    -w --ignore-all-space    ignore white space when comparing lines
    -b --ignore-space-change ignore changes in the amount of white space
    -B --ignore-blank-lines  ignore changes whose lines are all blank
    -U --unified NUM         number of lines of context to show
       --stat                output diffstat-style summary of changes
       --root DIR            produce diffs relative to subdirectory
    -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns
    -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns
    -S --subrepos            recurse into subrepositories
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 
   $ hg help status
   hg status [OPTION]... [FILE]...
   
   aliases: st
   
   show changed files in the working directory
   
       Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only files
       that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or the source of a
       copy/move operation, are not listed unless -c/--clean, -i/--ignored,
       -C/--copies or -A/--all are given. Unless options described with "show
       only ..." are given, the options -mardu are used.
   
       Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files unless
       explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.
   
       Note:
          'hg status' may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have
          changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not
          report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative to one
          merge parent.
   
       If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision. If two
       revisions are given, the differences between them are shown. The --change
       option can also be used as a shortcut to list the changed files of a
       revision from its first parent.
   
       The codes used to show the status of files are:
   
         M = modified
         A = added
         R = removed
         C = clean
         ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)
         ? = not tracked
         I = ignored
           = origin of the previous file (with --copies)
   
       Returns 0 on success.
   
   options ([+] can be repeated):
   
    -A --all                 show status of all files
    -m --modified            show only modified files
    -a --added               show only added files
    -r --removed             show only removed files
    -d --deleted             show only deleted (but tracked) files
    -c --clean               show only files without changes
    -u --unknown             show only unknown (not tracked) files
    -i --ignored             show only ignored files
    -n --no-status           hide status prefix
    -C --copies              show source of copied files
    -0 --print0              end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs
       --rev REV [+]         show difference from revision
       --change REV          list the changed files of a revision
    -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns
    -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns
    -S --subrepos            recurse into subrepositories
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 
   $ hg -q help status
   hg status [OPTION]... [FILE]...
   
   show changed files in the working directory
 
   $ hg help foo
   abort: no such help topic: foo
   (try 'hg help --keyword foo')
   [255]
 
   $ hg skjdfks
   hg: unknown command 'skjdfks'
   Mercurial Distributed SCM
   
   basic commands:
   
    add           add the specified files on the next commit
    annotate      show changeset information by line for each file
    clone         make a copy of an existing repository
    commit        commit the specified files or all outstanding changes
    diff          diff repository (or selected files)
    export        dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets
    forget        forget the specified files on the next commit
    init          create a new repository in the given directory
    log           show revision history of entire repository or files
    merge         merge another revision into working directory
    pull          pull changes from the specified source
    push          push changes to the specified destination
    remove        remove the specified files on the next commit
    serve         start stand-alone webserver
    status        show changed files in the working directory
    summary       summarize working directory state
    update        update working directory (or switch revisions)
   
   (use 'hg help' for the full list of commands or 'hg -v' for details)
   [255]
 
 
 Make sure that we don't run afoul of the help system thinking that
 this is a section and erroring out weirdly.
 
   $ hg .log
   hg: unknown command '.log'
   (did you mean log?)
   [255]
 
   $ hg log.
   hg: unknown command 'log.'
   (did you mean log?)
   [255]
   $ hg pu.lh
   hg: unknown command 'pu.lh'
   (did you mean one of pull, push?)
   [255]
 
   $ cat > helpext.py <<EOF
   > import os
   > from mercurial import cmdutil, commands
   > 
   > cmdtable = {}
   > command = cmdutil.command(cmdtable)
   > 
   > @command('nohelp',
   >     [('', 'longdesc', 3, 'x'*90),
   >     ('n', '', None, 'normal desc'),
   >     ('', 'newline', '', 'line1\nline2')],
   >     'hg nohelp',
   >     norepo=True)
   > @command('debugoptADV', [('', 'aopt', None, 'option is (ADVANCED)')])
   > @command('debugoptDEP', [('', 'dopt', None, 'option is (DEPRECATED)')])
   > @command('debugoptEXP', [('', 'eopt', None, 'option is (EXPERIMENTAL)')])
   > def nohelp(ui, *args, **kwargs):
   >     pass
   > 
   > def uisetup(ui):
   >     ui.setconfig('alias', 'shellalias', '!echo hi', 'helpext')
   >     ui.setconfig('alias', 'hgalias', 'summary', 'helpext')
   > 
   > EOF
   $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH
   $ echo "helpext = `pwd`/helpext.py" >> $HGRCPATH
 
 Test for aliases
 
   $ hg help hgalias
   hg hgalias [--remote]
   
   alias for: hg summary
   
   summarize working directory state
   
       This generates a brief summary of the working directory state, including
       parents, branch, commit status, phase and available updates.
   
       With the --remote option, this will check the default paths for incoming
       and outgoing changes. This can be time-consuming.
   
       Returns 0 on success.
   
   defined by: helpext
   
   options:
   
     --remote check for push and pull
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 
   $ hg help shellalias
   hg shellalias
   
   shell alias for:
   
     echo hi
   
   defined by: helpext
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 
 Test command with no help text
 
   $ hg help nohelp
   hg nohelp
   
   (no help text available)
   
   options:
   
       --longdesc VALUE xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
                        xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx (default: 3)
    -n --               normal desc
       --newline VALUE  line1 line2
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 
   $ hg help -k nohelp
   Commands:
   
    nohelp hg nohelp
   
   Extension Commands:
   
    nohelp (no help text available)
 
 Test that default list of commands omits extension commands
 
   $ hg help
   Mercurial Distributed SCM
   
   list of commands:
   
    add           add the specified files on the next commit
    addremove     add all new files, delete all missing files
    annotate      show changeset information by line for each file
    archive       create an unversioned archive of a repository revision
    backout       reverse effect of earlier changeset
    bisect        subdivision search of changesets
    bookmarks     create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks
    branch        set or show the current branch name
    branches      list repository named branches
    bundle        create a changegroup file
    cat           output the current or given revision of files
    clone         make a copy of an existing repository
    commit        commit the specified files or all outstanding changes
    config        show combined config settings from all hgrc files
    copy          mark files as copied for the next commit
    diff          diff repository (or selected files)
    export        dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets
    files         list tracked files
    forget        forget the specified files on the next commit
    graft         copy changes from other branches onto the current branch
    grep          search revision history for a pattern in specified files
    heads         show branch heads
    help          show help for a given topic or a help overview
    identify      identify the working directory or specified revision
    import        import an ordered set of patches
    incoming      show new changesets found in source
    init          create a new repository in the given directory
    log           show revision history of entire repository or files
    manifest      output the current or given revision of the project manifest
    merge         merge another revision into working directory
    outgoing      show changesets not found in the destination
    paths         show aliases for remote repositories
    phase         set or show the current phase name
    pull          pull changes from the specified source
    push          push changes to the specified destination
    recover       roll back an interrupted transaction
    remove        remove the specified files on the next commit
    rename        rename files; equivalent of copy + remove
    resolve       redo merges or set/view the merge status of files
    revert        restore files to their checkout state
    root          print the root (top) of the current working directory
    serve         start stand-alone webserver
    status        show changed files in the working directory
    summary       summarize working directory state
    tag           add one or more tags for the current or given revision
    tags          list repository tags
    unbundle      apply one or more changegroup files
    update        update working directory (or switch revisions)
    verify        verify the integrity of the repository
    version       output version and copyright information
   
   enabled extensions:
   
    helpext       (no help text available)
   
   additional help topics:
   
    config        Configuration Files
    dates         Date Formats
    diffs         Diff Formats
    environment   Environment Variables
    extensions    Using Additional Features
    filesets      Specifying File Sets
    glossary      Glossary
    hgignore      Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files
    hgweb         Configuring hgweb
    internals     Technical implementation topics
    merge-tools   Merge Tools
    pager         Pager Support
    patterns      File Name Patterns
    phases        Working with Phases
    revisions     Specifying Revisions
    scripting     Using Mercurial from scripts and automation
    subrepos      Subrepositories
    templating    Template Usage
    urls          URL Paths
   
   (use 'hg help -v' to show built-in aliases and global options)
 
 
 Test list of internal help commands
 
   $ hg help debug
   debug commands (internal and unsupported):
   
    debugancestor
                  find the ancestor revision of two revisions in a given index
    debugapplystreamclonebundle
                  apply a stream clone bundle file
    debugbuilddag
                  builds a repo with a given DAG from scratch in the current
                  empty repo
    debugbundle   lists the contents of a bundle
    debugcheckstate
                  validate the correctness of the current dirstate
    debugcolor    show available color, effects or style
    debugcommands
                  list all available commands and options
    debugcomplete
                  returns the completion list associated with the given command
    debugcreatestreamclonebundle
                  create a stream clone bundle file
    debugdag      format the changelog or an index DAG as a concise textual
                  description
    debugdata     dump the contents of a data file revision
    debugdate     parse and display a date
    debugdeltachain
                  dump information about delta chains in a revlog
    debugdirstate
                  show the contents of the current dirstate
    debugdiscovery
                  runs the changeset discovery protocol in isolation
    debugextensions
                  show information about active extensions
    debugfileset  parse and apply a fileset specification
    debugfsinfo   show information detected about current filesystem
    debuggetbundle
                  retrieves a bundle from a repo
    debugignore   display the combined ignore pattern and information about
                  ignored files
    debugindex    dump the contents of an index file
    debugindexdot
                  dump an index DAG as a graphviz dot file
    debuginstall  test Mercurial installation
    debugknown    test whether node ids are known to a repo
    debuglocks    show or modify state of locks
    debugmergestate
                  print merge state
    debugnamecomplete
                  complete "names" - tags, open branch names, bookmark names
    debugobsolete
                  create arbitrary obsolete marker
    debugoptADV   (no help text available)
    debugoptDEP   (no help text available)
    debugoptEXP   (no help text available)
    debugpathcomplete
                  complete part or all of a tracked path
    debugpushkey  access the pushkey key/value protocol
    debugpvec     (no help text available)
    debugrebuilddirstate
                  rebuild the dirstate as it would look like for the given
                  revision
    debugrebuildfncache
                  rebuild the fncache file
    debugrename   dump rename information
    debugrevlog   show data and statistics about a revlog
    debugrevspec  parse and apply a revision specification
    debugsetparents
                  manually set the parents of the current working directory
    debugsub      (no help text available)
    debugsuccessorssets
                  show set of successors for revision
    debugtemplate
                  parse and apply a template
    debugupgraderepo
                  upgrade a repository to use different features
    debugwalk     show how files match on given patterns
    debugwireargs
                  (no help text available)
   
   (use 'hg help -v debug' to show built-in aliases and global options)
 
 internals topic renders index of available sub-topics
 
   $ hg help internals
   Technical implementation topics
   """""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
   
        bundles       Bundles
        changegroups  Changegroups
        requirements  Repository Requirements
        revlogs       Revision Logs
        wireprotocol  Wire Protocol
 
 sub-topics can be accessed
 
   $ hg help internals.changegroups
   Changegroups
   """"""""""""
   
       Changegroups are representations of repository revlog data, specifically
       the changelog, manifest, and filelogs.
   
       There are 3 versions of changegroups: "1", "2", and "3". From a high-
       level, versions "1" and "2" are almost exactly the same, with the only
       difference being a header on entries in the changeset segment. Version "3"
       adds support for exchanging treemanifests and includes revlog flags in the
       delta header.
   
       Changegroups consists of 3 logical segments:
   
         +---------------------------------+
         |           |          |          |
         | changeset | manifest | filelogs |
         |           |          |          |
         +---------------------------------+
   
       The principle building block of each segment is a *chunk*. A *chunk* is a
       framed piece of data:
   
         +---------------------------------------+
         |           |                           |
         |  length   |           data            |
         | (32 bits) |       <length> bytes      |
         |           |                           |
         +---------------------------------------+
   
       Each chunk starts with a 32-bit big-endian signed integer indicating the
       length of the raw data that follows.
   
       There is a special case chunk that has 0 length ("0x00000000"). We call
       this an *empty chunk*.
   
       Delta Groups
       ============
   
       A *delta group* expresses the content of a revlog as a series of deltas,
       or patches against previous revisions.
   
       Delta groups consist of 0 or more *chunks* followed by the *empty chunk*
       to signal the end of the delta group:
   
         +------------------------------------------------------------------------+
         |                |             |               |             |           |
         | chunk0 length  | chunk0 data | chunk1 length | chunk1 data |    0x0    |
         |   (32 bits)    |  (various)  |   (32 bits)   |  (various)  | (32 bits) |
         |                |             |               |             |           |
         +------------------------------------------------------------+-----------+
   
       Each *chunk*'s data consists of the following:
   
         +-----------------------------------------+
         |              |              |           |
         | delta header | mdiff header |   delta   |
         |  (various)   |  (12 bytes)  | (various) |
         |              |              |           |
         +-----------------------------------------+
   
       The *length* field is the byte length of the remaining 3 logical pieces of
       data. The *delta* is a diff from an existing entry in the changelog.
   
       The *delta header* is different between versions "1", "2", and "3" of the
       changegroup format.
   
       Version 1:
   
         +------------------------------------------------------+
         |            |             |             |             |
         |    node    |   p1 node   |   p2 node   |  link node  |
         | (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) |
         |            |             |             |             |
         +------------------------------------------------------+
   
       Version 2:
   
         +------------------------------------------------------------------+
         |            |             |             |            |            |
         |    node    |   p1 node   |   p2 node   | base node  | link node  |
         | (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) | (20 bytes) | (20 bytes) |
         |            |             |             |            |            |
         +------------------------------------------------------------------+
   
       Version 3:
   
         +------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
         |            |             |             |            |            |           |
         |    node    |   p1 node   |   p2 node   | base node  | link node  | flags     |
         | (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) | (20 bytes) | (20 bytes) | (2 bytes) |
         |            |             |             |            |            |           |
         +------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
   
       The *mdiff header* consists of 3 32-bit big-endian signed integers
       describing offsets at which to apply the following delta content:
   
         +-------------------------------------+
         |           |            |            |
         |  offset   | old length | new length |
         | (32 bits) |  (32 bits) |  (32 bits) |
         |           |            |            |
         +-------------------------------------+
   
       In version 1, the delta is always applied against the previous node from
       the changegroup or the first parent if this is the first entry in the
       changegroup.
   
       In version 2, the delta base node is encoded in the entry in the
       changegroup. This allows the delta to be expressed against any parent,
       which can result in smaller deltas and more efficient encoding of data.
   
       Changeset Segment
       =================
   
       The *changeset segment* consists of a single *delta group* holding
       changelog data. It is followed by an *empty chunk* to denote the boundary
       to the *manifests segment*.
   
       Manifest Segment
       ================
   
       The *manifest segment* consists of a single *delta group* holding manifest
       data. It is followed by an *empty chunk* to denote the boundary to the
       *filelogs segment*.
   
       Filelogs Segment
       ================
   
       The *filelogs* segment consists of multiple sub-segments, each
       corresponding to an individual file whose data is being described:
   
         +--------------------------------------+
         |          |          |          |     |
         | filelog0 | filelog1 | filelog2 | ... |
         |          |          |          |     |
         +--------------------------------------+
   
       In version "3" of the changegroup format, filelogs may include directory
       logs when treemanifests are in use. directory logs are identified by
       having a trailing '/' on their filename (see below).
   
       The final filelog sub-segment is followed by an *empty chunk* to denote
       the end of the segment and the overall changegroup.
   
       Each filelog sub-segment consists of the following:
   
         +------------------------------------------+
         |               |            |             |
         | filename size |  filename  | delta group |
         |   (32 bits)   |  (various) |  (various)  |
         |               |            |             |
         +------------------------------------------+
   
       That is, a *chunk* consisting of the filename (not terminated or padded)
       followed by N chunks constituting the *delta group* for this file.
 
 Test list of commands with command with no help text
 
   $ hg help helpext
   helpext extension - no help text available
   
   list of commands:
   
    nohelp        (no help text available)
   
   (use 'hg help -v helpext' to show built-in aliases and global options)
 
 
 test advanced, deprecated and experimental options are hidden in command help
   $ hg help debugoptADV
   hg debugoptADV
   
   (no help text available)
   
   options:
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
   $ hg help debugoptDEP
   hg debugoptDEP
   
   (no help text available)
   
   options:
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 
   $ hg help debugoptEXP
   hg debugoptEXP
   
   (no help text available)
   
   options:
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 
 test advanced, deprecated and experimental options are shown with -v
   $ hg help -v debugoptADV | grep aopt
     --aopt option is (ADVANCED)
   $ hg help -v debugoptDEP | grep dopt
     --dopt option is (DEPRECATED)
   $ hg help -v debugoptEXP | grep eopt
     --eopt option is (EXPERIMENTAL)
 
 #if gettext
 test deprecated option is hidden with translation with untranslated description
 (use many globy for not failing on changed transaction)
   $ LANGUAGE=sv hg help debugoptDEP
   hg debugoptDEP
   
   (*) (glob)
   
   options:
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
 #endif
 
 Test commands that collide with topics (issue4240)
 
   $ hg config -hq
   hg config [-u] [NAME]...
   
   show combined config settings from all hgrc files
   $ hg showconfig -hq
   hg config [-u] [NAME]...
   
   show combined config settings from all hgrc files
 
 Test a help topic
 
   $ hg help dates
   Date Formats
   """"""""""""
   
       Some commands allow the user to specify a date, e.g.:
   
       - backout, commit, import, tag: Specify the commit date.
       - log, revert, update: Select revision(s) by date.
   
       Many date formats are valid. Here are some examples:
   
       - "Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006" (local timezone assumed)
       - "Dec 6 13:18 -0600" (year assumed, time offset provided)
       - "Dec 6 13:18 UTC" (UTC and GMT are aliases for +0000)
       - "Dec 6" (midnight)
       - "13:18" (today assumed)
       - "3:39" (3:39AM assumed)
       - "3:39pm" (15:39)
       - "2006-12-06 13:18:29" (ISO 8601 format)
       - "2006-12-6 13:18"
       - "2006-12-6"
       - "12-6"
       - "12/6"
       - "12/6/6" (Dec 6 2006)
       - "today" (midnight)
       - "yesterday" (midnight)
       - "now" - right now
   
       Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format:
   
       - "1165411109 0" (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)
   
       This is the internal representation format for dates. The first number is
       the number of seconds since the epoch (1970-01-01 00:00 UTC). The second
       is the offset of the local timezone, in seconds west of UTC (negative if
       the timezone is east of UTC).
   
       The log command also accepts date ranges:
   
       - "<DATE" - at or before a given date/time
       - ">DATE" - on or after a given date/time
       - "DATE to DATE" - a date range, inclusive
       - "-DAYS" - within a given number of days of today
 
 Test repeated config section name
 
   $ hg help config.host
       "http_proxy.host"
           Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example
           "myproxy:8000".
   
       "smtp.host"
           Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com".
   
 Unrelated trailing paragraphs shouldn't be included
 
   $ hg help config.extramsg | grep '^$'
   
 
 Test capitalized section name
 
   $ hg help scripting.HGPLAIN > /dev/null
 
 Help subsection:
 
   $ hg help config.charsets |grep "Email example:" > /dev/null
   [1]
 
 Show nested definitions
 ("profiling.type"[break]"ls"[break]"stat"[break])
 
   $ hg help config.type | egrep '^$'|wc -l
   \s*3 (re)
 
 Separate sections from subsections
 
   $ hg help config.format | egrep '^    ("|-)|^\s*$' | uniq
       "format"
       --------
   
       "usegeneraldelta"
   
       "dotencode"
   
       "usefncache"
   
       "usestore"
   
       "profiling"
       -----------
   
       "format"
   
       "progress"
       ----------
   
       "format"
   
 
 Last item in help config.*:
 
   $ hg help config.`hg help config|grep '^    "'| \
   >       tail -1|sed 's![ "]*!!g'`| \
   >   grep 'hg help -c config' > /dev/null
   [1]
 
 note to use help -c for general hg help config:
 
   $ hg help config |grep 'hg help -c config' > /dev/null
 
 Test templating help
 
   $ hg help templating | egrep '(desc|diffstat|firstline|nonempty)  '
       desc          String. The text of the changeset description.
       diffstat      String. Statistics of changes with the following format:
       firstline     Any text. Returns the first line of text.
       nonempty      Any text. Returns '(none)' if the string is empty.
 
 Test deprecated items
 
   $ hg help -v templating | grep currentbookmark
       currentbookmark
   $ hg help templating | (grep currentbookmark || true)
 
 Test help hooks
 
   $ cat > helphook1.py <<EOF
   > from mercurial import help
   > 
   > def rewrite(ui, topic, doc):
   >     return doc + '\nhelphook1\n'
   > 
   > def extsetup(ui):
   >     help.addtopichook('revisions', rewrite)
   > EOF
   $ cat > helphook2.py <<EOF
   > from mercurial import help
   > 
   > def rewrite(ui, topic, doc):
   >     return doc + '\nhelphook2\n'
   > 
   > def extsetup(ui):
   >     help.addtopichook('revisions', rewrite)
   > EOF
   $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH
   $ echo "helphook1 = `pwd`/helphook1.py" >> $HGRCPATH
   $ echo "helphook2 = `pwd`/helphook2.py" >> $HGRCPATH
   $ hg help revsets | grep helphook
       helphook1
       helphook2
 
 help -c should only show debug --debug
 
   $ hg help -c --debug|egrep debug|wc -l|egrep '^\s*0\s*$'
   [1]
 
 help -c should only show deprecated for -v
 
   $ hg help -c -v|egrep DEPRECATED|wc -l|egrep '^\s*0\s*$'
   [1]
 
 Test -s / --system
 
   $ hg help config.files -s windows |grep 'etc/mercurial' | \
   > wc -l | sed -e 's/ //g'
   0
   $ hg help config.files --system unix | grep 'USER' | \
   > wc -l | sed -e 's/ //g'
   0
 
 Test -e / -c / -k combinations
 
   $ hg help -c|egrep '^[A-Z].*:|^ debug'
   Commands:
   $ hg help -e|egrep '^[A-Z].*:|^ debug'
   Extensions:
   $ hg help -k|egrep '^[A-Z].*:|^ debug'
   Topics:
   Commands:
   Extensions:
   Extension Commands:
   $ hg help -c schemes
   abort: no such help topic: schemes
   (try 'hg help --keyword schemes')
   [255]
   $ hg help -e schemes |head -1
   schemes extension - extend schemes with shortcuts to repository swarms
   $ hg help -c -k dates |egrep '^(Topics|Extensions|Commands):'
   Commands:
   $ hg help -e -k a |egrep '^(Topics|Extensions|Commands):'
   Extensions:
   $ hg help -e -c -k date |egrep '^(Topics|Extensions|Commands):'
   Extensions:
   Commands:
   $ hg help -c commit > /dev/null
   $ hg help -e -c commit > /dev/null
   $ hg help -e commit > /dev/null
   abort: no such help topic: commit
   (try 'hg help --keyword commit')
   [255]
 
 Test keyword search help
 
   $ cat > prefixedname.py <<EOF
   > '''matched against word "clone"
   > '''
   > EOF
   $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH
   $ echo "dot.dot.prefixedname = `pwd`/prefixedname.py" >> $HGRCPATH
   $ hg help -k clone
   Topics:
   
    config     Configuration Files
    extensions Using Additional Features
    glossary   Glossary
    phases     Working with Phases
    subrepos   Subrepositories
    urls       URL Paths
   
   Commands:
   
    bookmarks create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks
    clone     make a copy of an existing repository
    paths     show aliases for remote repositories
    update    update working directory (or switch revisions)
   
   Extensions:
   
    clonebundles advertise pre-generated bundles to seed clones
    prefixedname matched against word "clone"
    relink       recreates hardlinks between repository clones
   
   Extension Commands:
   
    qclone clone main and patch repository at same time
 
 Test unfound topic
 
   $ hg help nonexistingtopicthatwillneverexisteverever
   abort: no such help topic: nonexistingtopicthatwillneverexisteverever
   (try 'hg help --keyword nonexistingtopicthatwillneverexisteverever')
   [255]
 
 Test unfound keyword
 
   $ hg help --keyword nonexistingwordthatwillneverexisteverever
   abort: no matches
   (try 'hg help' for a list of topics)
   [255]
 
 Test omit indicating for help
 
   $ cat > addverboseitems.py <<EOF
   > '''extension to test omit indicating.
   > 
   > This paragraph is never omitted (for extension)
   > 
   > .. container:: verbose
   > 
   >   This paragraph is omitted,
   >   if :hg:\`help\` is invoked without \`\`-v\`\` (for extension)
   > 
   > This paragraph is never omitted, too (for extension)
   > '''
   > 
   > from mercurial import help, commands
   > testtopic = """This paragraph is never omitted (for topic).
   > 
   > .. container:: verbose
   > 
   >   This paragraph is omitted,
   >   if :hg:\`help\` is invoked without \`\`-v\`\` (for topic)
   > 
   > This paragraph is never omitted, too (for topic)
   > """
   > def extsetup(ui):
   >     help.helptable.append((["topic-containing-verbose"],
   >                            "This is the topic to test omit indicating.",
   >                            lambda ui: testtopic))
   > EOF
   $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH
   $ echo "addverboseitems = `pwd`/addverboseitems.py" >> $HGRCPATH
   $ hg help addverboseitems
   addverboseitems extension - extension to test omit indicating.
   
   This paragraph is never omitted (for extension)
   
   This paragraph is never omitted, too (for extension)
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
   
   no commands defined
   $ hg help -v addverboseitems
   addverboseitems extension - extension to test omit indicating.
   
   This paragraph is never omitted (for extension)
   
   This paragraph is omitted, if 'hg help' is invoked without "-v" (for
   extension)
   
   This paragraph is never omitted, too (for extension)
   
   no commands defined
   $ hg help topic-containing-verbose
   This is the topic to test omit indicating.
   """"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
   
       This paragraph is never omitted (for topic).
   
       This paragraph is never omitted, too (for topic)
   
   (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help)
   $ hg help -v topic-containing-verbose
   This is the topic to test omit indicating.
   """"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
   
       This paragraph is never omitted (for topic).
   
       This paragraph is omitted, if 'hg help' is invoked without "-v" (for
       topic)
   
       This paragraph is never omitted, too (for topic)
 
 Test section lookup
 
   $ hg help revset.merge
       "merge()"
         Changeset is a merge changeset.
   
   $ hg help glossary.dag
       DAG
           The repository of changesets of a distributed version control system
           (DVCS) can be described as a directed acyclic graph (DAG), consisting
           of nodes and edges, where nodes correspond to changesets and edges
           imply a parent -> child relation. This graph can be visualized by
           graphical tools such as 'hg log --graph'. In Mercurial, the DAG is
           limited by the requirement for children to have at most two parents.
   
 
   $ hg help hgrc.paths
       "paths"
       -------
   
       Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories.
   
       Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the
       location of the repository. Example:
   
         [paths]
         my_server = https://example.com/my_repo
         local_path = /home/me/repo
   
       These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull from
       "my_server": 'hg pull my_server'. To push to "local_path": 'hg push
       local_path'.
   
       Options containing colons (":") denote sub-options that can influence
       behavior for that specific path. Example:
   
         [paths]
         my_server = https://example.com/my_path
         my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path
   
       The following sub-options can be defined:
   
       "pushurl"
          The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location
          defined by the path's main entry is used.
   
       "pushrev"
          A revset defining which revisions to push by default.
   
          When 'hg push' is executed without a "-r" argument, the revset defined
          by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push.
   
          For example, a value of "." will push the working directory's revision
          by default.
   
          Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being
          pushed.
   
       The following special named paths exist:
   
       "default"
          The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified.
   
          'hg clone' will automatically define this path to the location the
          repository was cloned from.
   
       "default-push"
          (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default 'hg push' location.
          "default:pushurl" should be used instead.
   
   $ hg help glossary.mcguffin
   abort: help section not found: glossary.mcguffin
   [255]
 
   $ hg help glossary.mc.guffin
   abort: help section not found: glossary.mc.guffin
   [255]
 
   $ hg help template.files
       files         List of strings. All files modified, added, or removed by
                     this changeset.
       files(pattern)
                     All files of the current changeset matching the pattern. See
                     'hg help patterns'.
 
 Test section lookup by translated message
 
 str.lower() instead of encoding.lower(str) on translated message might
 make message meaningless, because some encoding uses 0x41(A) - 0x5a(Z)
 as the second or later byte of multi-byte character.
 
 For example, "\x8bL\x98^" (translation of "record" in ja_JP.cp932)
 contains 0x4c (L). str.lower() replaces 0x4c(L) by 0x6c(l) and this
 replacement makes message meaningless.
 
 This tests that section lookup by translated string isn't broken by
 such str.lower().
 
   $ python <<EOF
   > def escape(s):
   >     return ''.join('\u%x' % ord(uc) for uc in s.decode('cp932'))
   > # translation of "record" in ja_JP.cp932
   > upper = "\x8bL\x98^"
   > # str.lower()-ed section name should be treated as different one
   > lower = "\x8bl\x98^"
   > with open('ambiguous.py', 'w') as fp:
   >     fp.write("""# ambiguous section names in ja_JP.cp932
   > u'''summary of extension
   > 
   > %s
   > ----
   > 
   > Upper name should show only this message
   > 
   > %s
   > ----
   > 
   > Lower name should show only this message
   > 
   > subsequent section
   > ------------------
   > 
   > This should be hidden at 'hg help ambiguous' with section name.
   > '''
   > """ % (escape(upper), escape(lower)))
   > EOF
 
   $ cat >> $HGRCPATH <<EOF
   > [extensions]
   > ambiguous = ./ambiguous.py
   > EOF
 
   $ python <<EOF | sh
   > upper = "\x8bL\x98^"
   > print "hg --encoding cp932 help -e ambiguous.%s" % upper
   > EOF
   \x8bL\x98^ (esc)
   ----
   
   Upper name should show only this message
   
 
   $ python <<EOF | sh
   > lower = "\x8bl\x98^"
   > print "hg --encoding cp932 help -e ambiguous.%s" % lower
   > EOF
   \x8bl\x98^ (esc)
   ----
   
   Lower name should show only this message
   
 
   $ cat >> $HGRCPATH <<EOF
   > [extensions]
   > ambiguous = !
   > EOF
 
 Show help content of disabled extensions
 
   $ cat >> $HGRCPATH <<EOF
   > [extensions]
   > ambiguous = !./ambiguous.py
   > EOF
   $ hg help -e ambiguous
   ambiguous extension - (no help text available)
   
   (use 'hg help extensions' for information on enabling extensions)
 
 Test dynamic list of merge tools only shows up once
   $ hg help merge-tools
   Merge Tools
   """""""""""
   
       To merge files Mercurial uses merge tools.
   
       A merge tool combines two different versions of a file into a merged file.
       Merge tools are given the two files and the greatest common ancestor of
       the two file versions, so they can determine the changes made on both
       branches.
   
       Merge tools are used both for 'hg resolve', 'hg merge', 'hg update', 'hg
       backout' and in several extensions.
   
       Usually, the merge tool tries to automatically reconcile the files by
       combining all non-overlapping changes that occurred separately in the two
       different evolutions of the same initial base file. Furthermore, some
       interactive merge programs make it easier to manually resolve conflicting
       merges, either in a graphical way, or by inserting some conflict markers.
       Mercurial does not include any interactive merge programs but relies on
       external tools for that.
   
       Available merge tools
       =====================
   
       External merge tools and their properties are configured in the merge-
       tools configuration section - see hgrc(5) - but they can often just be
       named by their executable.
   
       A merge tool is generally usable if its executable can be found on the
       system and if it can handle the merge. The executable is found if it is an
       absolute or relative executable path or the name of an application in the
       executable search path. The tool is assumed to be able to handle the merge
       if it can handle symlinks if the file is a symlink, if it can handle
       binary files if the file is binary, and if a GUI is available if the tool
       requires a GUI.
   
       There are some internal merge tools which can be used. The internal merge
       tools are:
   
       ":dump"
         Creates three versions of the files to merge, containing the contents of
         local, other and base. These files can then be used to perform a merge
         manually. If the file to be merged is named "a.txt", these files will
         accordingly be named "a.txt.local", "a.txt.other" and "a.txt.base" and
         they will be placed in the same directory as "a.txt".
   
       ":fail"
         Rather than attempting to merge files that were modified on both
         branches, it marks them as unresolved. The resolve command must be used
         to resolve these conflicts.
   
       ":local"
         Uses the local 'p1()' version of files as the merged version.
   
       ":merge"
         Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging
         files. It will fail if there are any conflicts and leave markers in the
         partially merged file. Markers will have two sections, one for each side
         of merge.
   
       ":merge-local"
         Like :merge, but resolve all conflicts non-interactively in favor of the
         local 'p1()' changes.
   
       ":merge-other"
         Like :merge, but resolve all conflicts non-interactively in favor of the
         other 'p2()' changes.
   
       ":merge3"
         Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging
         files. It will fail if there are any conflicts and leave markers in the
         partially merged file. Marker will have three sections, one from each
         side of the merge and one for the base content.
   
       ":other"
         Uses the other 'p2()' version of files as the merged version.
   
       ":prompt"
         Asks the user which of the local 'p1()' or the other 'p2()' version to
         keep as the merged version.
   
       ":tagmerge"
         Uses the internal tag merge algorithm (experimental).
   
       ":union"
         Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging
         files. It will use both left and right sides for conflict regions. No
         markers are inserted.
   
       Internal tools are always available and do not require a GUI but will by
       default not handle symlinks or binary files.
   
       Choosing a merge tool
       =====================
   
       Mercurial uses these rules when deciding which merge tool to use:
   
       1. If a tool has been specified with the --tool option to merge or
          resolve, it is used.  If it is the name of a tool in the merge-tools
          configuration, its configuration is used. Otherwise the specified tool
          must be executable by the shell.
       2. If the "HGMERGE" environment variable is present, its value is used and
          must be executable by the shell.
       3. If the filename of the file to be merged matches any of the patterns in
          the merge-patterns configuration section, the first usable merge tool
          corresponding to a matching pattern is used. Here, binary capabilities
          of the merge tool are not considered.
       4. If ui.merge is set it will be considered next. If the value is not the
          name of a configured tool, the specified value is used and must be
          executable by the shell. Otherwise the named tool is used if it is
          usable.
       5. If any usable merge tools are present in the merge-tools configuration
          section, the one with the highest priority is used.
       6. If a program named "hgmerge" can be found on the system, it is used -
          but it will by default not be used for symlinks and binary files.
       7. If the file to be merged is not binary and is not a symlink, then
          internal ":merge" is used.
       8. The merge of the file fails and must be resolved before commit.
   
       Note:
          After selecting a merge program, Mercurial will by default attempt to
          merge the files using a simple merge algorithm first. Only if it
          doesn't succeed because of conflicting changes Mercurial will actually
          execute the merge program. Whether to use the simple merge algorithm
          first can be controlled by the premerge setting of the merge tool.
          Premerge is enabled by default unless the file is binary or a symlink.
   
       See the merge-tools and ui sections of hgrc(5) for details on the
       configuration of merge tools.
 
 Test usage of section marks in help documents
 
   $ cd "$TESTDIR"/../doc
   $ python check-seclevel.py
   $ cd $TESTTMP
 
 #if serve
 
 Test the help pages in hgweb.
 
 Dish up an empty repo; serve it cold.
 
   $ hg init "$TESTTMP/test"
   $ hg serve -R "$TESTTMP/test" -n test -p $HGPORT -d --pid-file=hg.pid
   $ cat hg.pid >> $DAEMON_PIDS
 
   $ get-with-headers.py $LOCALIP:$HGPORT "help"
   200 Script output follows
   
   <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
   <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US">
   <head>
   <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" />
   <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" />
   <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" />
   <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script>
   
   <title>Help: Index</title>
   </head>
   <body>
   
   <div class="container">
   <div class="menu">
   <div class="logo">
   <a href="https://mercurial-scm.org/">
   <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a>
   </div>
   <ul>
   <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li>
   <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li>
   <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li>
   <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li>
   <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li>
   </ul>
   <ul>
   <li class="active">help</li>
   </ul>
   </div>
   
   <div class="main">
   <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2>
   <form class="search" action="/log">
   
   <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p>
   <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision
   number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div>
   </form>
   <table class="bigtable">
   <tr><td colspan="2"><h2><a name="topics" href="#topics">Topics</a></h2></td></tr>
   
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/config">
   config
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Configuration Files
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/dates">
   dates
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Date Formats
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/diffs">
   diffs
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Diff Formats
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/environment">
   environment
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Environment Variables
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/extensions">
   extensions
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Using Additional Features
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/filesets">
   filesets
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Specifying File Sets
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/glossary">
   glossary
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Glossary
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/hgignore">
   hgignore
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/hgweb">
   hgweb
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Configuring hgweb
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/internals">
   internals
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Technical implementation topics
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/merge-tools">
   merge-tools
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Merge Tools
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/pager">
   pager
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Pager Support
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/patterns">
   patterns
   </a>
   </td><td>
   File Name Patterns
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/phases">
   phases
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Working with Phases
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/revisions">
   revisions
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Specifying Revisions
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/scripting">
   scripting
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Using Mercurial from scripts and automation
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/subrepos">
   subrepos
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Subrepositories
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/templating">
   templating
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Template Usage
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/urls">
   urls
   </a>
   </td><td>
   URL Paths
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/topic-containing-verbose">
   topic-containing-verbose
   </a>
   </td><td>
   This is the topic to test omit indicating.
   </td></tr>
   
   
   <tr><td colspan="2"><h2><a name="main" href="#main">Main Commands</a></h2></td></tr>
   
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/add">
   add
   </a>
   </td><td>
   add the specified files on the next commit
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/annotate">
   annotate
   </a>
   </td><td>
   show changeset information by line for each file
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/clone">
   clone
   </a>
   </td><td>
   make a copy of an existing repository
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/commit">
   commit
   </a>
   </td><td>
   commit the specified files or all outstanding changes
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/diff">
   diff
   </a>
   </td><td>
   diff repository (or selected files)
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/export">
   export
   </a>
   </td><td>
   dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/forget">
   forget
   </a>
   </td><td>
   forget the specified files on the next commit
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/init">
   init
   </a>
   </td><td>
   create a new repository in the given directory
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/log">
   log
   </a>
   </td><td>
   show revision history of entire repository or files
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/merge">
   merge
   </a>
   </td><td>
   merge another revision into working directory
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/pull">
   pull
   </a>
   </td><td>
   pull changes from the specified source
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/push">
   push
   </a>
   </td><td>
   push changes to the specified destination
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/remove">
   remove
   </a>
   </td><td>
   remove the specified files on the next commit
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/serve">
   serve
   </a>
   </td><td>
   start stand-alone webserver
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/status">
   status
   </a>
   </td><td>
   show changed files in the working directory
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/summary">
   summary
   </a>
   </td><td>
   summarize working directory state
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/update">
   update
   </a>
   </td><td>
   update working directory (or switch revisions)
   </td></tr>
   
   
   
   <tr><td colspan="2"><h2><a name="other" href="#other">Other Commands</a></h2></td></tr>
   
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/addremove">
   addremove
   </a>
   </td><td>
   add all new files, delete all missing files
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/archive">
   archive
   </a>
   </td><td>
   create an unversioned archive of a repository revision
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/backout">
   backout
   </a>
   </td><td>
   reverse effect of earlier changeset
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/bisect">
   bisect
   </a>
   </td><td>
   subdivision search of changesets
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/bookmarks">
   bookmarks
   </a>
   </td><td>
   create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/branch">
   branch
   </a>
   </td><td>
   set or show the current branch name
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/branches">
   branches
   </a>
   </td><td>
   list repository named branches
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/bundle">
   bundle
   </a>
   </td><td>
   create a changegroup file
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/cat">
   cat
   </a>
   </td><td>
   output the current or given revision of files
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/config">
   config
   </a>
   </td><td>
   show combined config settings from all hgrc files
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/copy">
   copy
   </a>
   </td><td>
   mark files as copied for the next commit
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/files">
   files
   </a>
   </td><td>
   list tracked files
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/graft">
   graft
   </a>
   </td><td>
   copy changes from other branches onto the current branch
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/grep">
   grep
   </a>
   </td><td>
   search revision history for a pattern in specified files
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/heads">
   heads
   </a>
   </td><td>
   show branch heads
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/help">
   help
   </a>
   </td><td>
   show help for a given topic or a help overview
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/hgalias">
   hgalias
   </a>
   </td><td>
   summarize working directory state
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/identify">
   identify
   </a>
   </td><td>
   identify the working directory or specified revision
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/import">
   import
   </a>
   </td><td>
   import an ordered set of patches
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/incoming">
   incoming
   </a>
   </td><td>
   show new changesets found in source
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/manifest">
   manifest
   </a>
   </td><td>
   output the current or given revision of the project manifest
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/nohelp">
   nohelp
   </a>
   </td><td>
   (no help text available)
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/outgoing">
   outgoing
   </a>
   </td><td>
   show changesets not found in the destination
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/paths">
   paths
   </a>
   </td><td>
   show aliases for remote repositories
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/phase">
   phase
   </a>
   </td><td>
   set or show the current phase name
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/recover">
   recover
   </a>
   </td><td>
   roll back an interrupted transaction
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/rename">
   rename
   </a>
   </td><td>
   rename files; equivalent of copy + remove
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/resolve">
   resolve
   </a>
   </td><td>
   redo merges or set/view the merge status of files
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/revert">
   revert
   </a>
   </td><td>
   restore files to their checkout state
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/root">
   root
   </a>
   </td><td>
   print the root (top) of the current working directory
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/shellalias">
   shellalias
   </a>
   </td><td>
   (no help text available)
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/tag">
   tag
   </a>
   </td><td>
   add one or more tags for the current or given revision
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/tags">
   tags
   </a>
   </td><td>
   list repository tags
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/unbundle">
   unbundle
   </a>
   </td><td>
   apply one or more changegroup files
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/verify">
   verify
   </a>
   </td><td>
   verify the integrity of the repository
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/version">
   version
   </a>
   </td><td>
   output version and copyright information
   </td></tr>
   
   
   </table>
   </div>
   </div>
   
   
   
   </body>
   </html>
   
 
   $ get-with-headers.py $LOCALIP:$HGPORT "help/add"
   200 Script output follows
   
   <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
   <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US">
   <head>
   <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" />
   <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" />
   <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" />
   <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script>
   
   <title>Help: add</title>
   </head>
   <body>
   
   <div class="container">
   <div class="menu">
   <div class="logo">
   <a href="https://mercurial-scm.org/">
   <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a>
   </div>
   <ul>
   <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li>
   <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li>
   <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li>
   <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li>
   <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li>
   </ul>
   <ul>
    <li class="active"><a href="/help">help</a></li>
   </ul>
   </div>
   
   <div class="main">
   <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2>
   <h3>Help: add</h3>
   
   <form class="search" action="/log">
   
   <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p>
   <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision
   number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div>
   </form>
   <div id="doc">
   <p>
   hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]...
   </p>
   <p>
   add the specified files on the next commit
   </p>
   <p>
   Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the
   repository.
   </p>
   <p>
   The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To
   undo an add before that, see 'hg forget'.
   </p>
   <p>
   If no names are given, add all files to the repository (except
   files matching &quot;.hgignore&quot;).
   </p>
   <p>
   Examples:
   </p>
   <ul>
    <li> New (unknown) files are added   automatically by 'hg add':
   <pre>
   \$ ls (re)
   foo.c
   \$ hg status (re)
   ? foo.c
   \$ hg add (re)
   adding foo.c
   \$ hg status (re)
   A foo.c
   </pre>
    <li> Specific files to be added can be specified:
   <pre>
   \$ ls (re)
   bar.c  foo.c
   \$ hg status (re)
   ? bar.c
   ? foo.c
   \$ hg add bar.c (re)
   \$ hg status (re)
   A bar.c
   ? foo.c
   </pre>
   </ul>
   <p>
   Returns 0 if all files are successfully added.
   </p>
   <p>
   options ([+] can be repeated):
   </p>
   <table>
   <tr><td>-I</td>
   <td>--include PATTERN [+]</td>
   <td>include names matching the given patterns</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-X</td>
   <td>--exclude PATTERN [+]</td>
   <td>exclude names matching the given patterns</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-S</td>
   <td>--subrepos</td>
   <td>recurse into subrepositories</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-n</td>
   <td>--dry-run</td>
   <td>do not perform actions, just print output</td></tr>
   </table>
   <p>
   global options ([+] can be repeated):
   </p>
   <table>
   <tr><td>-R</td>
   <td>--repository REPO</td>
   <td>repository root directory or name of overlay bundle file</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--cwd DIR</td>
   <td>change working directory</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-y</td>
   <td>--noninteractive</td>
   <td>do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for all prompts</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-q</td>
   <td>--quiet</td>
   <td>suppress output</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-v</td>
   <td>--verbose</td>
   <td>enable additional output</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--color TYPE</td>
-  <td>when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or debug) (EXPERIMENTAL)</td></tr>
+  <td>when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or debug)</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--config CONFIG [+]</td>
   <td>set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--debug</td>
   <td>enable debugging output</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--debugger</td>
   <td>start debugger</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--encoding ENCODE</td>
   <td>set the charset encoding (default: ascii)</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--encodingmode MODE</td>
   <td>set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--traceback</td>
   <td>always print a traceback on exception</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--time</td>
   <td>time how long the command takes</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--profile</td>
   <td>print command execution profile</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--version</td>
   <td>output version information and exit</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-h</td>
   <td>--help</td>
   <td>display help and exit</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--hidden</td>
   <td>consider hidden changesets</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--pager TYPE</td>
   <td>when to paginate (boolean, always, auto, or never) (default: auto)</td></tr>
   </table>
   
   </div>
   </div>
   </div>
   
   
   
   </body>
   </html>
   
 
   $ get-with-headers.py $LOCALIP:$HGPORT "help/remove"
   200 Script output follows
   
   <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
   <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US">
   <head>
   <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" />
   <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" />
   <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" />
   <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script>
   
   <title>Help: remove</title>
   </head>
   <body>
   
   <div class="container">
   <div class="menu">
   <div class="logo">
   <a href="https://mercurial-scm.org/">
   <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a>
   </div>
   <ul>
   <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li>
   <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li>
   <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li>
   <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li>
   <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li>
   </ul>
   <ul>
    <li class="active"><a href="/help">help</a></li>
   </ul>
   </div>
   
   <div class="main">
   <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2>
   <h3>Help: remove</h3>
   
   <form class="search" action="/log">
   
   <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p>
   <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision
   number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div>
   </form>
   <div id="doc">
   <p>
   hg remove [OPTION]... FILE...
   </p>
   <p>
   aliases: rm
   </p>
   <p>
   remove the specified files on the next commit
   </p>
   <p>
   Schedule the indicated files for removal from the current branch.
   </p>
   <p>
   This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.
   To undo a remove before that, see 'hg revert'. To undo added
   files, see 'hg forget'.
   </p>
   <p>
   -A/--after can be used to remove only files that have already
   been deleted, -f/--force can be used to force deletion, and -Af
   can be used to remove files from the next revision without
   deleting them from the working directory.
   </p>
   <p>
   The following table details the behavior of remove for different
   file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file
   states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!]
   (as reported by 'hg status'). The actions are Warn, Remove
   (from branch) and Delete (from disk):
   </p>
   <table>
   <tr><td>opt/state</td>
   <td>A</td>
   <td>C</td>
   <td>M</td>
   <td>!</td></tr>
   <tr><td>none</td>
   <td>W</td>
   <td>RD</td>
   <td>W</td>
   <td>R</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-f</td>
   <td>R</td>
   <td>RD</td>
   <td>RD</td>
   <td>R</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-A</td>
   <td>W</td>
   <td>W</td>
   <td>W</td>
   <td>R</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-Af</td>
   <td>R</td>
   <td>R</td>
   <td>R</td>
   <td>R</td></tr>
   </table>
   <p>
   <b>Note:</b> 
   </p>
   <p>
   'hg remove' never deletes files in Added [A] state from the
   working directory, not even if &quot;--force&quot; is specified.
   </p>
   <p>
   Returns 0 on success, 1 if any warnings encountered.
   </p>
   <p>
   options ([+] can be repeated):
   </p>
   <table>
   <tr><td>-A</td>
   <td>--after</td>
   <td>record delete for missing files</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-f</td>
   <td>--force</td>
   <td>forget added files, delete modified files</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-S</td>
   <td>--subrepos</td>
   <td>recurse into subrepositories</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-I</td>
   <td>--include PATTERN [+]</td>
   <td>include names matching the given patterns</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-X</td>
   <td>--exclude PATTERN [+]</td>
   <td>exclude names matching the given patterns</td></tr>
   </table>
   <p>
   global options ([+] can be repeated):
   </p>
   <table>
   <tr><td>-R</td>
   <td>--repository REPO</td>
   <td>repository root directory or name of overlay bundle file</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--cwd DIR</td>
   <td>change working directory</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-y</td>
   <td>--noninteractive</td>
   <td>do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for all prompts</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-q</td>
   <td>--quiet</td>
   <td>suppress output</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-v</td>
   <td>--verbose</td>
   <td>enable additional output</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--color TYPE</td>
-  <td>when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or debug) (EXPERIMENTAL)</td></tr>
+  <td>when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, never, or debug)</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--config CONFIG [+]</td>
   <td>set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--debug</td>
   <td>enable debugging output</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--debugger</td>
   <td>start debugger</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--encoding ENCODE</td>
   <td>set the charset encoding (default: ascii)</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--encodingmode MODE</td>
   <td>set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--traceback</td>
   <td>always print a traceback on exception</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--time</td>
   <td>time how long the command takes</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--profile</td>
   <td>print command execution profile</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--version</td>
   <td>output version information and exit</td></tr>
   <tr><td>-h</td>
   <td>--help</td>
   <td>display help and exit</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--hidden</td>
   <td>consider hidden changesets</td></tr>
   <tr><td></td>
   <td>--pager TYPE</td>
   <td>when to paginate (boolean, always, auto, or never) (default: auto)</td></tr>
   </table>
   
   </div>
   </div>
   </div>
   
   
   
   </body>
   </html>
   
 
   $ get-with-headers.py $LOCALIP:$HGPORT "help/dates"
   200 Script output follows
   
   <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
   <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US">
   <head>
   <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" />
   <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" />
   <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" />
   <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script>
   
   <title>Help: dates</title>
   </head>
   <body>
   
   <div class="container">
   <div class="menu">
   <div class="logo">
   <a href="https://mercurial-scm.org/">
   <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a>
   </div>
   <ul>
   <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li>
   <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li>
   <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li>
   <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li>
   <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li>
   </ul>
   <ul>
    <li class="active"><a href="/help">help</a></li>
   </ul>
   </div>
   
   <div class="main">
   <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2>
   <h3>Help: dates</h3>
   
   <form class="search" action="/log">
   
   <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p>
   <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision
   number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div>
   </form>
   <div id="doc">
   <h1>Date Formats</h1>
   <p>
   Some commands allow the user to specify a date, e.g.:
   </p>
   <ul>
    <li> backout, commit, import, tag: Specify the commit date.
    <li> log, revert, update: Select revision(s) by date.
   </ul>
   <p>
   Many date formats are valid. Here are some examples:
   </p>
   <ul>
    <li> &quot;Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006&quot; (local timezone assumed)
    <li> &quot;Dec 6 13:18 -0600&quot; (year assumed, time offset provided)
    <li> &quot;Dec 6 13:18 UTC&quot; (UTC and GMT are aliases for +0000)
    <li> &quot;Dec 6&quot; (midnight)
    <li> &quot;13:18&quot; (today assumed)
    <li> &quot;3:39&quot; (3:39AM assumed)
    <li> &quot;3:39pm&quot; (15:39)
    <li> &quot;2006-12-06 13:18:29&quot; (ISO 8601 format)
    <li> &quot;2006-12-6 13:18&quot;
    <li> &quot;2006-12-6&quot;
    <li> &quot;12-6&quot;
    <li> &quot;12/6&quot;
    <li> &quot;12/6/6&quot; (Dec 6 2006)
    <li> &quot;today&quot; (midnight)
    <li> &quot;yesterday&quot; (midnight)
    <li> &quot;now&quot; - right now
   </ul>
   <p>
   Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format:
   </p>
   <ul>
    <li> &quot;1165411109 0&quot; (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)
   </ul>
   <p>
   This is the internal representation format for dates. The first number
   is the number of seconds since the epoch (1970-01-01 00:00 UTC). The
   second is the offset of the local timezone, in seconds west of UTC
   (negative if the timezone is east of UTC).
   </p>
   <p>
   The log command also accepts date ranges:
   </p>
   <ul>
    <li> &quot;&lt;DATE&quot; - at or before a given date/time
    <li> &quot;&gt;DATE&quot; - on or after a given date/time
    <li> &quot;DATE to DATE&quot; - a date range, inclusive
    <li> &quot;-DAYS&quot; - within a given number of days of today
   </ul>
   
   </div>
   </div>
   </div>
   
   
   
   </body>
   </html>
   
 
 Sub-topic indexes rendered properly
 
   $ get-with-headers.py $LOCALIP:$HGPORT "help/internals"
   200 Script output follows
   
   <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
   <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US">
   <head>
   <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" />
   <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" />
   <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" />
   <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script>
   
   <title>Help: internals</title>
   </head>
   <body>
   
   <div class="container">
   <div class="menu">
   <div class="logo">
   <a href="https://mercurial-scm.org/">
   <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a>
   </div>
   <ul>
   <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li>
   <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li>
   <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li>
   <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li>
   <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li>
   </ul>
   <ul>
   <li><a href="/help">help</a></li>
   </ul>
   </div>
   
   <div class="main">
   <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2>
   <form class="search" action="/log">
   
   <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p>
   <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision
   number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div>
   </form>
   <table class="bigtable">
   <tr><td colspan="2"><h2><a name="topics" href="#topics">Topics</a></h2></td></tr>
   
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/internals.bundles">
   bundles
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Bundles
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/internals.changegroups">
   changegroups
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Changegroups
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/internals.requirements">
   requirements
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Repository Requirements
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/internals.revlogs">
   revlogs
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Revision Logs
   </td></tr>
   <tr><td>
   <a href="/help/internals.wireprotocol">
   wireprotocol
   </a>
   </td><td>
   Wire Protocol
   </td></tr>
   
   
   
   
   
   </table>
   </div>
   </div>
   
   
   
   </body>
   </html>
   
 
 Sub-topic topics rendered properly
 
   $ get-with-headers.py $LOCALIP:$HGPORT "help/internals.changegroups"
   200 Script output follows
   
   <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
   <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US">
   <head>
   <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" />
   <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" />
   <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" />
   <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script>
   
   <title>Help: internals.changegroups</title>
   </head>
   <body>
   
   <div class="container">
   <div class="menu">
   <div class="logo">
   <a href="https://mercurial-scm.org/">
   <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a>
   </div>
   <ul>
   <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li>
   <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li>
   <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li>
   <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li>
   <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li>
   </ul>
   <ul>
    <li class="active"><a href="/help">help</a></li>
   </ul>
   </div>
   
   <div class="main">
   <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2>
   <h3>Help: internals.changegroups</h3>
   
   <form class="search" action="/log">
   
   <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p>
   <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision
   number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div>
   </form>
   <div id="doc">
   <h1>Changegroups</h1>
   <p>
   Changegroups are representations of repository revlog data, specifically
   the changelog, manifest, and filelogs.
   </p>
   <p>
   There are 3 versions of changegroups: &quot;1&quot;, &quot;2&quot;, and &quot;3&quot;. From a
   high-level, versions &quot;1&quot; and &quot;2&quot; are almost exactly the same, with
   the only difference being a header on entries in the changeset
   segment. Version &quot;3&quot; adds support for exchanging treemanifests and
   includes revlog flags in the delta header.
   </p>
   <p>
   Changegroups consists of 3 logical segments:
   </p>
   <pre>
   +---------------------------------+
   |           |          |          |
   | changeset | manifest | filelogs |
   |           |          |          |
   +---------------------------------+
   </pre>
   <p>
   The principle building block of each segment is a *chunk*. A *chunk*
   is a framed piece of data:
   </p>
   <pre>
   +---------------------------------------+
   |           |                           |
   |  length   |           data            |
   | (32 bits) |       &lt;length&gt; bytes      |
   |           |                           |
   +---------------------------------------+
   </pre>
   <p>
   Each chunk starts with a 32-bit big-endian signed integer indicating
   the length of the raw data that follows.
   </p>
   <p>
   There is a special case chunk that has 0 length (&quot;0x00000000&quot;). We
   call this an *empty chunk*.
   </p>
   <h2>Delta Groups</h2>
   <p>
   A *delta group* expresses the content of a revlog as a series of deltas,
   or patches against previous revisions.
   </p>
   <p>
   Delta groups consist of 0 or more *chunks* followed by the *empty chunk*
   to signal the end of the delta group:
   </p>
   <pre>
   +------------------------------------------------------------------------+
   |                |             |               |             |           |
   | chunk0 length  | chunk0 data | chunk1 length | chunk1 data |    0x0    |
   |   (32 bits)    |  (various)  |   (32 bits)   |  (various)  | (32 bits) |
   |                |             |               |             |           |
   +------------------------------------------------------------+-----------+
   </pre>
   <p>
   Each *chunk*'s data consists of the following:
   </p>
   <pre>
   +-----------------------------------------+
   |              |              |           |
   | delta header | mdiff header |   delta   |
   |  (various)   |  (12 bytes)  | (various) |
   |              |              |           |
   +-----------------------------------------+
   </pre>
   <p>
   The *length* field is the byte length of the remaining 3 logical pieces
   of data. The *delta* is a diff from an existing entry in the changelog.
   </p>
   <p>
   The *delta header* is different between versions &quot;1&quot;, &quot;2&quot;, and
   &quot;3&quot; of the changegroup format.
   </p>
   <p>
   Version 1:
   </p>
   <pre>
   +------------------------------------------------------+
   |            |             |             |             |
   |    node    |   p1 node   |   p2 node   |  link node  |
   | (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) |
   |            |             |             |             |
   +------------------------------------------------------+
   </pre>
   <p>
   Version 2:
   </p>
   <pre>
   +------------------------------------------------------------------+
   |            |             |             |            |            |
   |    node    |   p1 node   |   p2 node   | base node  | link node  |
   | (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) | (20 bytes) | (20 bytes) |
   |            |             |             |            |            |
   +------------------------------------------------------------------+
   </pre>
   <p>
   Version 3:
   </p>
   <pre>
   +------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
   |            |             |             |            |            |           |
   |    node    |   p1 node   |   p2 node   | base node  | link node  | flags     |
   | (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) |  (20 bytes) | (20 bytes) | (20 bytes) | (2 bytes) |
   |            |             |             |            |            |           |
   +------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
   </pre>
   <p>
   The *mdiff header* consists of 3 32-bit big-endian signed integers
   describing offsets at which to apply the following delta content:
   </p>
   <pre>
   +-------------------------------------+
   |           |            |            |
   |  offset   | old length | new length |
   | (32 bits) |  (32 bits) |  (32 bits) |
   |           |            |            |
   +-------------------------------------+
   </pre>
   <p>
   In version 1, the delta is always applied against the previous node from
   the changegroup or the first parent if this is the first entry in the
   changegroup.
   </p>
   <p>
   In version 2, the delta base node is encoded in the entry in the
   changegroup. This allows the delta to be expressed against any parent,
   which can result in smaller deltas and more efficient encoding of data.
   </p>
   <h2>Changeset Segment</h2>
   <p>
   The *changeset segment* consists of a single *delta group* holding
   changelog data. It is followed by an *empty chunk* to denote the
   boundary to the *manifests segment*.
   </p>
   <h2>Manifest Segment</h2>
   <p>
   The *manifest segment* consists of a single *delta group* holding
   manifest data. It is followed by an *empty chunk* to denote the boundary
   to the *filelogs segment*.
   </p>
   <h2>Filelogs Segment</h2>
   <p>
   The *filelogs* segment consists of multiple sub-segments, each
   corresponding to an individual file whose data is being described:
   </p>
   <pre>
   +--------------------------------------+
   |          |          |          |     |
   | filelog0 | filelog1 | filelog2 | ... |
   |          |          |          |     |
   +--------------------------------------+
   </pre>
   <p>
   In version &quot;3&quot; of the changegroup format, filelogs may include
   directory logs when treemanifests are in use. directory logs are
   identified by having a trailing '/' on their filename (see below).
   </p>
   <p>
   The final filelog sub-segment is followed by an *empty chunk* to denote
   the end of the segment and the overall changegroup.
   </p>
   <p>
   Each filelog sub-segment consists of the following:
   </p>
   <pre>
   +------------------------------------------+
   |               |            |             |
   | filename size |  filename  | delta group |
   |   (32 bits)   |  (various) |  (various)  |
   |               |            |             |
   +------------------------------------------+
   </pre>
   <p>
   That is, a *chunk* consisting of the filename (not terminated or padded)
   followed by N chunks constituting the *delta group* for this file.
   </p>
   
   </div>
   </div>
   </div>
   
   
   
   </body>
   </html>
   
 
   $ killdaemons.py
 
 #endif